WO2022121424A1 - Base and cleaning robot system - Google Patents

Base and cleaning robot system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022121424A1
WO2022121424A1 PCT/CN2021/118559 CN2021118559W WO2022121424A1 WO 2022121424 A1 WO2022121424 A1 WO 2022121424A1 CN 2021118559 W CN2021118559 W CN 2021118559W WO 2022121424 A1 WO2022121424 A1 WO 2022121424A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cleaning
base station
tank
liquid
roller brush
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/118559
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李行
林翔
段传林
梁彬雄
周永飞
王晓亮
彭松
韩馨宇
Original Assignee
北京石头世纪科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京石头世纪科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 北京石头世纪科技股份有限公司
Priority to EP21902132.6A priority Critical patent/EP4260787A1/en
Publication of WO2022121424A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022121424A1/en
Priority to US17/956,561 priority patent/US20230029165A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/29Floor-scrubbing machines characterised by means for taking-up dirty liquid
    • A47L11/30Floor-scrubbing machines characterised by means for taking-up dirty liquid by suction
    • A47L11/302Floor-scrubbing machines characterised by means for taking-up dirty liquid by suction having rotary tools
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/24Floor-sweeping machines, motor-driven
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/28Floor-scrubbing machines, motor-driven
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4002Installations of electric equipment
    • A47L11/4005Arrangements of batteries or cells; Electric power supply arrangements
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4013Contaminants collecting devices, i.e. hoppers, tanks or the like
    • A47L11/4016Contaminants collecting devices, i.e. hoppers, tanks or the like specially adapted for collecting fluids
    • A47L11/4019Fill level sensors; Security means to prevent overflow, e.g. float valves
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4036Parts or details of the surface treating tools
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4036Parts or details of the surface treating tools
    • A47L11/4041Roll shaped surface treating tools
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4063Driving means; Transmission means therefor
    • A47L11/4069Driving or transmission means for the cleaning tools
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/408Means for supplying cleaning or surface treating agents
    • A47L11/4088Supply pumps; Spraying devices; Supply conduits
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4091Storing or parking devices, arrangements therefor; Means allowing transport of the machine when it is not being used
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L2201/00Robotic cleaning machines, i.e. with automatic control of the travelling movement or the cleaning operation
    • A47L2201/02Docking stations; Docking operations
    • A47L2201/022Recharging of batteries
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L2201/00Robotic cleaning machines, i.e. with automatic control of the travelling movement or the cleaning operation
    • A47L2201/02Docking stations; Docking operations
    • A47L2201/024Emptying dust or waste liquid containers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L2201/00Robotic cleaning machines, i.e. with automatic control of the travelling movement or the cleaning operation
    • A47L2201/02Docking stations; Docking operations
    • A47L2201/028Refurbishing floor engaging tools, e.g. cleaning of beating brushes

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of smart home technology, and in particular, to a base station and a cleaning robot system.
  • the sweeping and mopping integrated cleaning robot in the related art includes a sweeping roller brush and a flat mop. After the flat mop is used, it needs to be cleaned. At this stage, it is mostly cleaned manually or directly replaced with a new flat mop, which is extremely inconvenient to use.
  • the present disclosure provides a base station and a cleaning robot system for automatic cleaning of a mopping roller brush.
  • a base station for cleaning a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot comprising:
  • the cleaning tank is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism, the cleaning tank includes a first end and a second end, and the direction of the line between the first end and the second end is substantially parallel to the The extension direction of the rotating shaft of the cleaning mechanism; the cleaning blade is extended between the first end and the second end of the cleaning tank.
  • a cleaning robot system comprising:
  • Cleaning robots, cleaning robots include cleaning mechanisms
  • the base station includes a cleaning tank, the cleaning tank is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism, the cleaning tank includes a first end and a second end, and a line connecting the first end and the second end is used.
  • the direction is substantially parallel to the extension direction of the cleaning mechanism.
  • a base station for cleaning a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot comprising:
  • a cleaning tank for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism
  • the sewage tank is communicated with the cleaning tank, and the sewage tank is provided with a liquid inlet, and the cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank through the liquid inlet can impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank.
  • the side wall of the sewage tank is provided with at least one liquid inlet which is offset.
  • the base station further includes:
  • the first pump body the first pump body is communicated with the liquid inlet, the first pump body is used for feeding the cleaning liquid into the liquid inlet, and the liquid inlet is offset from the tank wall and/or the bottom of the tank in the sewage tank. Orientation settings.
  • the base station further includes:
  • the first pump body communicates with the liquid inlet provided on the cleaning tank, and supplies cleaning liquid for the cleaning mechanism or the self-cleaning process of the cleaning tank.
  • the base station further includes:
  • the second pump body communicates with the liquid suction port for discharging the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank.
  • the water inlet direction of the at least one liquid inlet is arranged offset from the direction of the tank wall and/or the tank bottom.
  • a cleaning robot system comprising:
  • Cleaning robots, cleaning robots include cleaning mechanisms
  • the base station includes a cleaning tank and a sewage tank.
  • the cleaning tank is used to accommodate at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and clean at least a part of the cleaning mechanism.
  • the sewage tank is communicated with the cleaning tank. The cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank can impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank.
  • a base station for drying a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot comprising:
  • Drying mechanism drying mechanism is used for drying and cleaning mechanism
  • a cleaning tank which is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism
  • the action point of the drying mechanism on the cleaning mechanism and the cleaning tank are respectively arranged at both ends of the guiding bottom surface.
  • At least one through hole is provided on the guiding bottom surface, and the drying mechanism dries the cleaning mechanism through the through hole.
  • the drying mechanism is an exhaust fan.
  • the drying mechanism is a heating device disposed on the bottom surface of the guide, the heating device is laterally disposed along the bottom surface of the guide, and has a length approximately equal to that of the cleaning mechanism.
  • the base station further includes:
  • the first charging contact pole piece is used for electrical connection with the second charging contact pole piece of the cleaning robot.
  • the base station further includes a guide side surface, and the first charging contact pole piece is arranged on the guide side surface;
  • the first charging contact pole piece is located above the cleaning tank.
  • a cleaning robot system comprising:
  • Cleaning robots, cleaning robots include cleaning mechanisms
  • Drying mechanism drying mechanism is used for drying and cleaning mechanism
  • a cleaning tank which is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism
  • the action point of the drying mechanism on the cleaning mechanism and the cleaning tank are respectively arranged at both ends of the guiding bottom surface.
  • the cleaning robot enters the interior of the base station with a first end to clean the cleaning mechanism; the cleaning robot enters the interior of the base station with a second end opposite to the first end, so as to clean the cleaning mechanism dry.
  • a cleaning robot system comprising:
  • Cleaning robots, cleaning robots include cleaning mechanisms
  • the base station includes a cleaning tank and a sewage tank.
  • the cleaning tank is used to accommodate at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and clean at least a part of the cleaning mechanism.
  • the sewage tank is communicated with the cleaning tank. The cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank can impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank.
  • a cleaning robot system comprising:
  • Cleaning robots, cleaning robots include cleaning mechanisms
  • a base station the base station includes a drying mechanism, and the drying mechanism is used for drying and cleaning the mechanism.
  • a cleaning tank for accommodating cleaning liquid is provided on the main body of the base station, so that when the lower part of the cleaning mechanism moves into the cleaning tank, the cleaning mechanism can be cleaned with the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank, that is, the cleaning robot can clean the cleaning mechanism. Automatic cleaning in the tank.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning structure from a first perspective of a cleaning robot system according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning structure from a second perspective of a cleaning robot system according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning structure of a cleaning robot system according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a charging structure from a first perspective of a cleaning robot system according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a charging structure from a second perspective of a cleaning robot system according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station from a first perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station from a second perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 9 is a first schematic diagram of the internal structure of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a second schematic diagram of the internal structure of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 11 is a third schematic diagram of the internal structure of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic partial structure diagram of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a state of a liquid level detection component of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram showing another state structure of a liquid level detection component of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment
  • 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a first perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a second perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a third perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a fourth perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a fifth perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a sixth perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 23 is a schematic structural diagram showing a first cleaning member of a cleaning robot in a working position according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 24 is a schematic structural diagram showing a second cleaning member of a cleaning robot in a working position according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 25A is a first exploded schematic diagram of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 25B is a schematic exploded structural diagram of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot according to another exemplary embodiment
  • 25C is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 26 is a second exploded schematic diagram of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot from a first perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram from a second perspective of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a sweeping roller brush of a mopping and mopping module in a station position according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a mopping roller brush of a sweeping and mopping module of a cleaning robot in a station position according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot from a first perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot from a second perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot from a third perspective according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 34 is an exploded schematic diagram of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 35 is a schematic structural diagram showing that the floating member of the position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot is separated from the turntable according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 36 is a schematic structural diagram showing that a floating member of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot is connected to a turntable according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 37A is a schematic structural diagram of a first perspective view of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot according to another exemplary embodiment
  • 37B is a schematic structural diagram of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot from a second perspective according to another exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 37C is a schematic structural diagram from a third perspective of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot according to another exemplary embodiment.
  • 300 base station main body; 301, cleaning tank; 3011, liquid suction port; 3012, liquid inlet; 302, cleaning blade; 3021, connecting plate; 303, protrusion; 304, water guide tank; 3041, guide plate; 305, auxiliary Water tank; 3051, liquid outlet; 306, sealing strip; 307, through hole; 308, guide bottom surface; 3081, anti-skid protrusion; 309, guide side; 310, liquid level detection component; 311, signal transmitter; 312, support 313, connecting rod; 314, the first floating part; 315, the shielding part; 316, the first filter part; 320, the first pump body; 321, the first water tank; 330, the second pump body; 331, the second water tank; 340, the second floating part; 341, the second filter part; 350, the drying mechanism; 360, the first charging contact pole piece; 361, the guide wheel; 362, the guide top surface; 363, the first pressing block; 364, 370, communication module; 371, first hall module; 372, second hall module; 373, switching
  • 200 body; 201, chassis; 202, side panel; 203, front crash assembly; 2031, protective sensor; 204, top cover; 205, travel wheel assembly; 206, universal wheel; 208, battery cover; 210, charging Contact pole piece; 220, infrared communication module; 221, carpet identification module; 222, along the wall sensor; 223, laser ranging sensor;
  • the cleaning robot system includes a cleaning robot 1 and a base station 2 .
  • the cleaning robot 1 includes a body 200 and a cleaning mechanism.
  • the cleaning mechanism includes at least one of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 .
  • the mopping roller brush 130 is rotatably disposed on the body 200 .
  • the base station 2 includes a base station main body 300 , and a cleaning tank 301 for accommodating cleaning liquid is provided on the base station main body 300 .
  • the mopping roller brush 130 is cleaned in the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the base station main body 300 is provided with a first charging contact pole piece 360, and the main body 200 is provided with a second charging contact pole piece 210.
  • the first charging contact pole piece 360 is used for electrical connection with the second charging contact pole piece 210, so that the base station 2 Charge the cleaning robot 1.
  • the first charging contact pole piece 360 described above is a general description, and in practice, the first charging contact pole piece 360 may be in the form of an elastic piece, a roller, or the like. The above shrapnel form and roller form can be assembled into the base station main body 300 in different ways.
  • it can be offset relative to the base station main body 300 by virtue of the elasticity of the shrapnel itself, or a biasing component such as a spring or a torsion spring can be provided to realize the relative base station main body 300.
  • the offset and reset of the roller relative to the base station main body 300 can also be achieved by the elastic bias and reset member.
  • the cleaning robot 1 needs to move to the base station 2 for subsequent cleaning or charging.
  • the cleaning robot 1 can move along the base station 2, that is, the cleaning robot 1 can perform the pile-up movement, and the pile-up movement can be understood as when the distance between the cleaning robot 1 and the base station 2 is less than a certain threshold, for example, the cleaning robot 1 has When reaching the vicinity of the base station 2, the cleaning robot 1 will obviously move in one direction.
  • the forward direction of the pile-up movement can be understood as: in order to make the mopping roller brush 130 clean in the cleaning tank 301, or the first charging contact pole piece 360 and the second charging contact pole piece 210 to contact, the cleaning robot 1 is moved by the first charging contact pole piece 210.
  • the direction from the first position point to the second position point is the forward direction of the pile-up movement.
  • the cleaning robot 1 drives the lower portion of the mopping roller brush 130 to move into the cleaning tank 301 , the cleaning robot 1 rotates the mopping roller brush 130 to clean the mopping roller brush 130 with the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the lower part of the mopping roller brush 130 moves into the cleaning tank 301 , that is, a part below the center line of the mopping roller brush 130 is immersed in the liquid in the cleaning tank 301 , and the center line of the mopping roller brush 130 is used as the axis.
  • the circumferential surface of the mopping roller brush 130 is circulated for agitation and cleaning until the cleaning is completed.
  • the lengthwise extending direction of the cleaning tank 301 is substantially the same as the lengthwise extending direction of the mopping roller brush 130, so that a part of the mopping roller brush 130 can be immersed in the liquid of the cleaning tank 301, and the mopping roller can Cleaning can be completed during the rotation of the brush 130 , and the center line of the mopping roller brush 130 is substantially parallel to the lengthwise extending direction of the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the lengthwise extending direction of the cleaning tank 301 described above refers to the extending direction of the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 .
  • a base station for cleaning a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot includes: a cleaning tank 301, the cleaning tank 301 is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism, and the cleaning tank 301 includes a first One end and the second end, and the direction of the connecting line between the first end and the second end is substantially parallel to the extending direction of the cleaning mechanism.
  • the base station main body 300 is provided with a cleaning tank 301 for accommodating cleaning liquid
  • the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated to clean with the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301
  • the mopping roller brush 130 that is, the cleaning robot 1 can realize automatic cleaning in the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 can be inclined at a small angle and is suitable for the cleaning liquid to autonomously flow from the cleaning tank 301 under the action of gravity.
  • One end flows to the other end without resorting to external action, such as the suction action of a pump at the other end or tilting the base station body 300 or the like.
  • external action such as the suction action of a pump at the other end or tilting the base station body 300 or the like.
  • a non-parallel relationship between the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 and the top plane of the cleaning tank 301 is formed, and the top plane and side walls of the cleaning tank 301 are substantially parallel to the central axis of the mopping roller brush 130 .
  • the first end and the second end can be understood as the left and right ends of the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 along the length direction.
  • the length extension direction is basically the same as the length extension direction of the mopping roller brush 130. In actual use, a certain angle between the two is not excluded.
  • the angle range can be between 0 degrees and 15 degrees. Further, the angle range Can be between 0 and 10 degrees.
  • the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 can be inclined at a small angle and is suitable for the cleaning liquid to autonomously flow from the cleaning tank 301 under the action of gravity.
  • One end flows to the other end without resorting to external action, such as the suction action of a pump at the other end or tilting the base station body 300 or the like.
  • the non-parallel relationship between the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 and the top of the cleaning tank 301 is formed, and the top of the cleaning tank 301 is substantially parallel to the central axis of the mopping roller brush 130, so that the cleaning blades 302 disposed on the bottom or sidewall of the cleaning tank 301 can Effectively clean the mopping roller brush 130.
  • the cleaning mechanism may be at least one of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 , that is, both the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 can be cleaned through the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the first end and the second end are distributed in symmetrical directions with respect to the center of the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the mopping roller brush 130 may include a mopping cloth and a main body structure, the mopping cloth is wrapped around the main body structure, and the mopping cloth is detachably arranged on the main body structure, so that when the mopping cloth is very dirty and can no longer be cleaned, it can be torn off to remove it. Replace with a new mop.
  • the mop can be multi-layered, that is, after tearing off one layer, another layer can be used. For a flat mop, it can also be a multi-layer mop stacking and pasting setting, use one layer to tear off the other.
  • the mopping roller brush 130 may include an aquifer, the aquifer is used to store a certain amount of moisture, the aquifer may be one or more layers, and the aquifer is arranged around the inner core of the mopping roller brush. , according to the arrangement of other components, it can be fixed around the inner core by using a whole cylindrical type or a partial cylinder type.
  • the mopping roller brush 130 may also include a cylindrical water tank, the cylindrical water tank is wrapped on the inner core of the mopping roller brush, the mopping cloth wraps the cylindrical water tank, and the cylindrical water tank is arranged on the cylindrical water tank There is a water inlet, and the water inlet can be communicated with the external water supply structure to supply water to the cylindrical water tank through the external water supply structure.
  • the water seepage ports evenly distributed on the cylindrical water tank, which are used for water seepage to the mop.
  • the water seepage holes can be directly opened on the outer periphery of the water tank, or a certain structure of water seepage passages can be formed on the inner side of the water tank outer wall to connect the water seepage holes.
  • the purpose of the above setting is to achieve the uniform distribution of water, and the specific form is not limited.
  • the mopping roller brush 130 may include a heating mechanism, and the heating mechanism may be a heating strip, a heating plate, etc. along the axial direction of the mopping roller brush, so as to realize the drying of the mopping roller brush, which can be heated by thermal resistance or Ultrasonic atomization in the form of water removal. Further, after the cleaning robot 1 finishes cleaning on the base station 2, the heating mechanism can dry the mopping roller brush. In some embodiments, the heating mechanism may also be provided on the chassis 201 . In some embodiments, a heating mechanism may be provided on both the mopping roller brush 130 and the chassis 201 . In some embodiments, a drying system, such as a drying mechanism 350, may also be provided on the base station 2, so as to dry the mopping roller brush.
  • a drying system such as a drying mechanism 350, may also be provided on the base station 2, so as to dry the mopping roller brush.
  • drying of the mopping roller brush 130 may be completed when the cleaning robot 1 is charging on the base station 2, and of course, may also be performed in other states, which is not limited here.
  • the cleaning liquid for cleaning the cleaning mechanism flows into the cleaning tank 301 through the first end, and the cleaning liquid flows out of the cleaning tank 301 through the second end.
  • the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the cleaning mechanism flows into the cleaning tank 301 through the position between the first end and the second end, which is not limited here and can be selected according to actual needs.
  • the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the cleaning mechanism flows out of the cleaning tank 301 through the second end, and the base station further includes a first filter part 316, and the second end is disposed close to the first filter part 316, that is, the liquid flowing out from the second end The cleaning liquid is filtered through the first filter part 316 .
  • a cleaning blade 302 is provided in the cleaning tank 301 , and the cleaning blade 302 is used to squeeze the mopping roller brush 130 , so as to rotate the mopping roller brush 130 during the cleaning process In the middle, the sundries on the mopping roller brush 130 can be removed in time. Since the mopping roller brush 130 is completely cleaned along the length direction of the cleaning tank 301 , the cleaning blade 302 also extends substantially the entire length of the mopping roller brush 130 in the cleaning tank 301 , that is, between the first end and the cleaning tank 301 .
  • One or more cleaning blades 302 that are substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the mopping roller brush 130 are disposed between the second ends, so that when the mopping roller brush 130 is in place, the cleaning blades 302 and the mopping roller can be actively rotated by the cleaning blade 302 The roller brush 130 interferes to achieve cleaning.
  • the cleaning blade 302 includes a plurality of protrusions 303 , and the plurality of protrusions 303 are arranged at intervals, so that the mopping roller brush 130 can be squeezed by the protrusions 303 and the adjacent protrusions 303 can be ensured.
  • a gap can be formed between the two protrusions 303, thereby allowing the mopping roller brush 130 to be partially deformed.
  • the cleaning blade 302 further includes a connecting plate 3021, and the connecting plate 3021 is disposed on the side wall or bottom wall of the cleaning tank 301 and extends along the extending direction of the cleaning tank 301; wherein, A plurality of protrusions 303 are provided on the connecting plate 3021 at intervals.
  • the plurality of protrusions 303 and the connecting plate 3021 are integrally formed, so that they can be easily installed in the cleaning tank 301, and the connecting plate 3021 is detachably installed in the cleaning tank 301, so as to facilitate cleaning and replacement.
  • the connecting plate 3021 can be fixedly connected with the cleaning tank 301 , that is, the connecting plate 3021 is not detachable relative to the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the plurality of protrusions 303 form a multi-row protrusion structure, that is, the multiple rows of protrusion structures are arranged in the cleaning tank 301 at intervals, and the protrusions 303 of two adjacent rows of the protrusion structures are staggered.
  • the protruding structures are in two rows, and the plurality of protuberances 303 forming the two rows of protruding structures are arranged staggered in the width direction of the cleaning tank 301 , as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7 .
  • the cleaning blade 302 is disposed in the cleaning tank 301 in a vibrating manner. During the rotation of the mopping roller brush 130 , the cleaning blade 302 can also vibrate along the axial direction of the mopping roller brush 130 Of course, it can be understood that the cleaning blade 302 can also vibrate in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the mopping roller brush 130, thereby increasing the interference with the mopping roller brush and improving the cleaning efficiency.
  • the base station further includes: a first pump body 320 , the first pump body 320 is communicated with the cleaning tank 301 , and the first pump body 320 is used for feeding cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank 301 ;
  • the second pump body 330, the second pump body 330 communicates with the cleaning tank 301, and the second pump body 330 is used to remove the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301.
  • the first pump body 320 and the second pump body 330 respectively realize the feeding and extraction of the cleaning liquid, so as to ensure that the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 can be replaced in time and ensure the cleaning effect.
  • the base station is provided with a first water tank 321 and a second water tank 331 , the first water tank 321 is used to store clean cleaning liquid, and the second water tank 331 is used to store the water extracted from the cleaning tank 301 cleaning liquid.
  • the first pump body 320 communicates with the first water tank 321 , so that the cleaning liquid in the first water tank 321 is sent into the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the second pump body 330 communicates with the second water tank 331 , so that the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 is pumped into the second water tank 331 .
  • the first water tank 321 may be used to connect with a water supply system, and the water supply system may include a faucet, or a water storage tank and other structures.
  • the first water tank 321 can be provided with a water pipe, which is connected to the water supply system, and the water pipe can be provided with an on-off valve, preferably a solenoid valve, so that the connection and disconnection of the water pipe can be controlled according to the water volume in the first water tank 321 to ensure On the basis that there is sufficient water in the first water tank 321, the problem of water overflow will not occur.
  • the first water tank 321 can be removed from the base station and then filled with water.
  • a drain pipe may be provided on the second water tank 331, so that the cleaning liquid in the second water tank 331 is discharged through the drain pipe, and the connection and disconnection of the drain pipe can be controlled, for example, through an on-off valve, or
  • a drain pump is provided on the outlet pipeline of the second water tank 331 to automatically or manually start the drain pump to drain water when the sewage water level in the second water tank 331 is higher than a certain threshold.
  • the second water tank 331 can be removed from the base station and then drained.
  • the first water tank 321 may be provided with a heater, such as a resistance heating tube, etc., when cleaning the mopping roller brush 130, the water may be heated to stimulate its cleaning activity with the detergent, thereby improving the mopping effect.
  • a heater may be provided in the cleaning tank 301 to heat the water flow in the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the cleaning tank 301 is detachably arranged, so that the cleaning tank 301 is removed for cleaning.
  • the cleaning tank 301 may be a drawer type water tank, and the cleaning tank 301 is provided with an opening for connecting with the clean water pipe interface of the first water tank 321, so that the opening is connected to the clean water pipe interface after the cleaning tank 301 is installed in place.
  • the cleaning tank 301 is fixedly arranged.
  • the base station including the upper part of the first water tank 321 and/or the second water tank 331 is movably arranged, such as a flip-up type or a pull-out type.
  • the upper part of the base station is unscrewed or pulled apart to expose the cleaning tank 301 so as to facilitate cleaning of the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the base station may include a protective cover, and the protective cover may protect the base station. Further, after the cleaning robot moves to the base station, the protective cover can realize the overall protection of the cleaning robot and the base station.
  • the protective cover can be opened and closed manually or automatically.
  • the protective cover can only close the cleaning tank 301 and the cleaning robot, which can prevent the sewage in the cleaning tank 301 from being thrown out when the base station cleans the cleaning robot, especially in special environments, such as toilets, and can also prevent water or steam from outside. Wet cleaning robot.
  • the first pump body 320 and the second pump body 330 can work at the same time, the first pump body 320 sprays the cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank 301, and the second pump body 330 draws the cleaning liquid out of the cleaning tank 301, that is, cleaning The liquid can flow rapidly in the cleaning tank 301 , which can quickly clean the mopping roller brush 130 or the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the cleaning liquid for cleaning the cleaning mechanism flows into the cleaning tank 301 through the first end, and the cleaning liquid flows out of the cleaning tank 301 through the second end.
  • the first pump body 320 sprays the cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank 301 through the first end, and the second pump body 330 pulls the cleaning liquid out of the cleaning tank 301 through the second end.
  • the first pump body 320 stops working, and only the second pump body 330 works to drain the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301, so as to ensure that the cleaning tank 301 can be empty when not in use.
  • the base station main body 300 is provided with a liquid suction port 3011 and a liquid inlet port 3012 , and the liquid suction port 3011 and the liquid inlet port 3012 are both communicated with the cleaning tank 301 , and the first pump body 320
  • the cleaning liquid in the first water tank 321 is sent into the cleaning tank 301 through the liquid inlet 3012
  • the second pump body 330 sucks the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 into the second water tank 331 through the liquid suction port 3011 .
  • the multiple liquid inlets 3012 there may be multiple liquid inlets 3012 , and the multiple liquid inlets 3012 are arranged at intervals, wherein, both ends of the cleaning tank 301 are provided with liquid inlets 3012 , as shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the first pump body 320 can spray the cleaning liquid at a high speed through the liquid inlet 3012, for example, the cleaning liquid It can be water, and the steadily descending water flow is stirred up, so that impurities in the sewage are not easy to sink to the bottom, that is, the first pump body 320 and the second pump body 330 can work at the same time.
  • the second pump body 330 works independently, thereby draining the sewage in the cleaning tank 301 , that is, the self-cleaning work of the cleaning tank 301 is completed.
  • the liquid inlets 3012 can be distributed in multiple positions of the cleaning tank 301.
  • the water flow of the plurality of liquid inlets 3012 may be directly Flush the bottom wall and side wall of the cleaning tank, or arouse the existing cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 to form an irregular stirring effect, or inject the cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank 301 in a manner of opening/closing at intervals, so that the cleaning tank 301 can be effectively realized. cleaning.
  • a sewage tank 380 is disposed downstream of the cleaning tank 301 , the first filter part 316 is covered on the upper part of the sewage tank 380 , and the liquid suction port 3011 is disposed under it.
  • the water flow from the liquid inlet 3012 flushes the dirt in the cleaning tank 301 into the sewage tank 380.
  • an offset liquid inlet 3012 can be provided on the side wall of the sewage tank 380, the liquid inlet 3012 is supplied with liquid by the first pump body 320, and the direction of the liquid inlet 3012 is offset from the tank in the sewage tank.
  • the liquid from at least one liquid inlet 3012 can impact the tank wall and/or the bottom of the tank at a certain angle when the liquid is fed, so as to arouse the sewage in the sewage tank as a whole. It is a helical vortex, so that the sewage in the sewage tank can always be in a swirling state during the liquid pumping process, so as to avoid the water flow caused by only pumping liquid from the liquid suction port 3011 at the bottom of the sewage tank 380 to flow generally in one direction.
  • the liquid inlet 3012 of the cleaning tank 301 and the liquid inlet 3012 of the sewage tank 380 simultaneously feed liquid at a high speed, so that the liquid in the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380 is always in a swirling state, At the same time, in cooperation with the function of the liquid suction port 3011, the garbage in the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380 can be cleaned up, avoiding the need to manually clean the cleaning tank or the sewage tank.
  • liquid inlet 3012 of the cleaning tank 301 and the liquid inlet 3012 of the sewage tank 380 both realize the liquid inlet function, but it does not specifically mean that the structures of the two are completely the same, which is not limited here, and can be implemented according to implementation needs. Adjust accordingly.
  • the first pump body 320 may be a peristaltic pump, and the first water tank 321 adds water to the cleaning tank 301 through the peristaltic pump.
  • the peristaltic pump adds water to the cleaning tank 301 according to the set parameters (including the water injection amount).
  • the peristaltic pump can precisely control the amount of water injected, so the amount of water injected each time can be precisely controlled according to the setting, while the mopping roller brush 130 rotates and cleans itself.
  • the second pump body 330 pumps the sewage in the cleaning tank 301 into the first Two water tanks 331.
  • the base station further includes: a cleaning liquid tank and a cleaning liquid pump, the cleaning liquid tank is used for storing the cleaning liquid, the cleaning liquid pump is communicated with the cleaning tank 301, and the cleaning liquid pump transfers the cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank It is sent into the cleaning tank 301 to be mixed with the cleaning liquid (generally water) sent by the first pump body 320 .
  • the cleaning liquid may be a common cleaning agent such as detergent.
  • the base station further includes: a liquid level detection assembly 310 .
  • the liquid level detection assembly 310 is disposed on the base station main body 300 and is used to detect the liquid level of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 , so that it can be determined whether there is cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301, and the feeding amount of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 can be controlled, so that problems such as overflow will not occur.
  • the liquid level detection component 310 can be signal-connected with the first pump body 320, the liquid level detection component 310 detects the liquid level of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301, and the liquid level in the cleaning tank 301 is lower than the first preset When the value is set, the first pump body 320 is used for feeding the cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the liquid level detection component 310 can be signal-connected with the second pump body 330, and when the liquid level in the cleaning tank 301 is higher than the second preset value, the second pump body 330 is used to remove the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 draw out.
  • the liquid level detection component 310 may be a liquid level detector in the related art, that is, the liquid level detection can be realized.
  • the detection of the liquid level of the cleaning liquid here does not necessarily mean that the height of the cleaning liquid needs to be clarified, as long as it can be determined whether the cleaning liquid should be fed into the cleaning tank 301 or whether the second pump body 330 should be activated to extract from the cleaning tank 301. .
  • the liquid level detection assembly 310 includes: a signal transmitting part 311 ; a signal receiving part, the signal transmitting part 311 is arranged opposite to the signal receiving part; a supporting part 312 , the supporting part 312 is arranged On the base station main body 300; the connecting rod 313, the connecting rod 313 is rotatably arranged on the support part 312; the first floating part 314, the first floating part 314 is arranged on one end of the connecting rod 313, and is located in the cleaning tank 301, the first floating part 314 is located in the cleaning tank 301.
  • a floating part 314 drives the connecting rod 313 to rotate relative to the supporting part 312 under the action of the cleaning liquid;
  • the blocking part 315 is arranged on the other end of the connecting rod 313 and is located between the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part,
  • the shielding part 315 is used for disconnecting the signal connection state between the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part; wherein, when the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part are in the signal disconnecting state, the first pump body 320 can pump into the cleaning tank 301 into the cleaning liquid.
  • the first floating part 314 when there is no cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 , that is, the first floating part 314 is located at the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 , and the signal transmitting part 311 is blocked at this time, indicating that there is no cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 , and the first floating part 314 is located at the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the pump body 320 works, the first floating part 314 will float up, and the signal between the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part will change, that is, there is cleaning liquid in the first water tank 321. If the signal does not change, there is no cleaning liquid in the first water tank 321, or the amount of cleaning liquid is insufficient.
  • the first floating part 314 is in the upper position, that is, the signal transmitting part 311 is blocked, indicating that the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 is full.
  • the signal between the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part changes, and the first pump body 320 is appropriately replenished with the cleaning liquid.
  • the first floating part 314 may be a floating ball, and the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part form an optical coupler.
  • the above embodiment can be understood as, when the first floating part 314 is located at the bottom and the top, the output signal of the liquid level detection component 310 is "0"; and when there is cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301, the first floating part 314 is located at the bottom and the top. Between the tops, the output signal of the liquid level detection assembly 310 is "1". Therefore, the change of the water level in the cleaning tank 301 can be determined by the change of the signal and the operation of the pump. For example, when the first pump body 320 is working and the signal changes to 0-1-0, it means that the cleaning tank 301 is filled with water; when the second pump body 330 is working, and the signal changes to 1-0, it means that the cleaning tank 301 is filled with water. The cleaning tank 301 liquid is evacuated.
  • the base station main body 300 is provided with a first Hall module 371 and a second Hall module 372.
  • the first Hall module 371 can be used to detect the amount of water in the first water tank 321, and the base station main body 300 can also A third hall module is provided, and the third hall module can be used to detect the amount of water in the second water tank 331 .
  • the base station may also be provided with a fourth Hall module for performing in-position detection on the first water tank 321 and the second water tank 331 .
  • the base station main body 300 is provided with a water guide groove 304 .
  • the water guide groove 304 is located on one side of the cleaning groove 301 and communicated with the cleaning groove 301 , so that when the cleaning liquid enters the guide groove After the water tank 304, the cleaning liquid can be returned to the cleaning tank 301, so that the cleaning liquid can be returned to the cleaning tank 301 in time on the premise that the cleaning liquid will not splash.
  • the base station main body 300 is provided with a guide plate 3041, so that the water guiding groove 304 and the cleaning groove 301 are separated from the base station main body 300, so that the water guiding groove 304 and the cleaning groove 301 are arranged at intervals, but the water guiding groove needs to be ensured 304 and the cleaning tank 301 can communicate with each other.
  • the base station main body 300 is provided with an auxiliary water tank 305 .
  • the auxiliary water tank 305 is located on the other side of the cleaning tank 301 and is independent of the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the cleaning liquid It will not enter the auxiliary water tank 305
  • the auxiliary water tank 305 is a protection tank to ensure that the cleaning liquid will not affect the cleaning robot 1 .
  • the second pump body 330 communicates with the auxiliary water tank 305, so that after the cleaning liquid enters the auxiliary water tank 305, the second pump body 330 can pump out the cleaning liquid, that is, the cleaning tank 301 and the auxiliary water tank 305 are completely isolated , so that the second pump body 330 is required to pump away the cleaning liquid entering the auxiliary water tank 305 .
  • a sealing strip 306 is provided between the auxiliary water tank 305 and the cleaning tank 301 to prevent the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 from entering the auxiliary water tank 305, that is, generally only the sealing strip Only when the 306 is damaged will the auxiliary water tank 305 enter the cleaning liquid.
  • the auxiliary water tank 305 is provided with a liquid outlet 3051 , and the liquid outlet 3051 communicates with the second pump body 330 .
  • the base station further includes: a second floating part 340 , the second floating part 340 is arranged in the auxiliary water tank 305 and is blocked on the liquid outlet 3051 ; wherein, when there is cleaning liquid in the auxiliary water tank 305 , the first floating part 340 is The two floating parts 340 float up, so that the second pump body 330 communicates with the auxiliary water tank 305 .
  • the second floating part 340 will block the liquid outlet 3051. Only when the cleaning liquid enters the auxiliary water tank 305, that is, the cleaning liquid needs to be drawn out, the second floating part 340 floats The cleaning liquid in the auxiliary water tank 305 is pumped away through the second pump body 330 .
  • the second floating part 340 may be a floating ball.
  • the water guiding tank 304 and the auxiliary water tank 305 are located on two sides of the cleaning tank 301 respectively, and when the cleaning robot 1 cleans the mopping roller brush 130 , the water guiding tank 304 is closer to the front end of the cleaning robot 1 .
  • the base station main body 300 is provided with a first filter part 316 and a second filter part 341 , the first filter part 316 is provided on the liquid suction port 3011 of the cleaning tank 301 , and the first filter part 316 may include coarse Filters and fine filters.
  • the second filter part 341 is disposed on the liquid outlet 3051, and the second filter part 341 may be a filter screen.
  • the first filter part 316 further includes a bracket for supporting the coarse filter screen and/or the fine filter screen.
  • the second Hall module 372 can be used for the presence detection of the filter screen assembly of the sewage tank, and the first filter part 316 is detachably installed on the base station, so the user can remove the first filter part 316 to For cleaning, since the second Hall module 372 can detect whether the first filter part 316 is in place or not, it can ensure that the sewage in the cleaning tank 301 will be filtered by the first filter part 316 before being extracted, so as to avoid large particles
  • the pump body blocks the pumping port and even further damages the pump body, thereby extending the service life of the base station and improving the user experience.
  • the base station includes: a cleaning tank 301 and a sewage tank 380 .
  • the cleaning tank 301 is used to accommodate at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and At least a part of the cleaning mechanism is cleaned;
  • the sewage tank 380 is communicated with the cleaning tank 301, the sewage tank 380 is provided with a liquid inlet 3012, and the cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank 380 through the liquid inlet 3012 can impact the cleaning in the sewage tank 380.
  • liquid so that the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 forms a swirling state, so as to improve the self-cleaning effect of the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380 .
  • the depth of the slop tank 380 may be greater than the depth of the wash tank 301 .
  • the cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank 380 through the liquid inlet 3012 can agitate the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 .
  • the liquid inlet 3012 may be disposed at the bottom of the sewage tank 380 , and the cleaning liquid may impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 at a high speed from the bottom of the sewage tank 380 , and may be blocked by the sidewall of the sewage tank 380 .
  • a reflective backflow is formed, thereby agitating the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 .
  • the side wall of the sewage tank 380 is provided with a liquid inlet 3012 , and the cleaning liquid can impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 at a high speed from the side of the sewage tank 380 , and can be blocked by the side wall of the sewage tank 380 . Under the action, a reflective backflow is formed, so as to agitate the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380, and finally a swirling state is formed.
  • the sewage tank 380 may be provided with a plurality of liquid inlets 3012, and the plurality of liquid inlets 3012 are arranged at intervals.
  • the side wall and bottom wall of the sewage tank 380 may be provided with liquid inlets 3012, or, a plurality of liquid inlets 3012 may be provided on the side wall of the sewage tank 380.
  • the entire sewage tank 380 may be rectangular.
  • Liquid inlets 3012 may be provided on at least two side walls of the sewage tank 380, and the cleaning liquid entered through the liquid inlet 3012 can be sprayed onto the adjacent side walls, so that the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 is in a rotating position. flow state.
  • the extending direction of the liquid inlet 3012 can be inclined to the side wall of the sewage tank 380 where it is located, so as to ensure that the cleaning liquid entering from the liquid inlet 3012 can be sprayed onto the adjacent side wall.
  • the cleaning tank 301 is also provided with a liquid inlet 3012
  • the sewage tank 380 is also provided with a liquid suction port 3011
  • the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 can be discharged through the liquid suction port 3011 . That is, during the self-cleaning process, the liquid inlet 3012 of the cleaning tank 301 and the liquid inlet 3012 of the sewage tank 380 simultaneously feed liquid at a high speed, so that the liquid in the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380 is always in a swirling state, and at the same time, the liquid is pumped.
  • the function of the port 3011 can clean up the garbage in the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380, and avoid the process of manually cleaning the cleaning tank 301 or the sewage tank 380.
  • the base station further includes: a drying mechanism 350 .
  • the drying mechanism 350 is disposed on the base station main body 300 , and the drying mechanism 350 is used to dry/dry the mopping roller brush 130 , so that the mopping mechanism 350 can be used for mopping the floor. After the roller brush 130 is cleaned by the cleaning tank 301 , it can be dried by the drying mechanism 350 .
  • the base station main body 300 is provided with a through hole 307 , the through hole 307 is spaced from the cleaning tank 301 , and the drying mechanism 350 dries the mopping roller brush 130 through the through hole 307 .
  • the multiple through holes 307 are arranged on the base station main body 300 at intervals, so that the mopping roller brush 130 above the through holes 307 can be dried by the drying mechanism 350 .
  • the through hole 307 is spaced from the cleaning tank 301 , that is, after the mopping roller brush 130 of the cleaning robot 1 is cleaned, the mopping roller brush 130 needs to leave the cleaning tank 301 and move to the top of the through hole 307 for cleaning. drying.
  • the through holes 307 can also be directly arranged adjacent to the cleaning tank 301 in a reasonable manner, and after the cleaning of the mopping roller brush 130 is completed, drying/blowing treatment can be performed directly on it.
  • the through hole 307 and the cleaning slot 301 are located at two ends of the base station main body 300 respectively, so that the cleaning robot 1 needs to enter the base station in two directions to clean and dry the mopping roller brush 130 .
  • the cleaning robot 1 can retreat a certain distance to be opposite to the through hole 307 , or after the cleaning robot 1 leaves the base station, the cleaning robot 1 can pile up in the opposite direction, so that the mopping roller brush 130 is opposite to the through hole 307 .
  • the first end of the cleaning robot 1 enters the interior of the base station 2 to clean the mopping roller brush 130 .
  • the second end of the cleaning robot 1 opposite to the first end enters the interior of the base station 2 , thereby drying the mopping roller brush 130 .
  • the mopping roller brush 130 of the cleaning robot 1 may rotate slowly to speed up the drying of the mopping roller brush 130 .
  • the mopping roller brush 130 can be kept slowly rotating, thereby maintaining its dry state.
  • the slow rotation control of the mopping roller brush 130 it can be set according to the state of the cleaning robot 1, for example, the above operation is performed only when the cleaning robot 1 is in a charging state; and through the mutual communication between the cleaning robot 1 and the base station main body 300 to perform the above settings, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the drying mechanism 350 may employ a fan.
  • the drying mechanism 350 may be an exhaust fan.
  • the base station may only include the drying mechanism 350 and the first charging contact pole piece 360, that is, the base station cannot clean the mopping roller brush 130 of the cleaning robot 1, but can be used for drying mopping
  • the ground roller brush 130 can charge the cleaning robot 1 .
  • the base station main body 300 includes a guide bottom surface 308 , an anti-skid protrusion 3081 is provided on the guide bottom surface 308 , and the cleaning robot 1 moves to the guide bottom surface 308 along the anti-skid protrusion 3081 .
  • the 3081 can generate a certain frictional force with the cleaning robot 1 to ensure that the cleaning robot 1 moves to the base station 2 reliably, and can assist the positioning of the cleaning robot 1 during the cleaning process.
  • the cleaning tank 301 is provided on the guide bottom surface 308 and is spaced from the anti-skid protrusions 3081 , so that after the cleaning robot 1 moves on the guide bottom surface 308 for a certain distance, the mopping roller brush 130 and the cleaning tank 301 can be removed. Relatively set, so as to carry out the subsequent cleaning process.
  • the anti-skid structures formed by the anti-skid protrusions 3081 correspond to the traveling wheel assemblies 205 of the cleaning robot 1 .
  • the anti-slip structure intersects with the drying channel mechanism formed by the plurality of through holes 307 , and the guiding bottom surface 308 has a certain inclination angle, so as to facilitate the cleaning robot 1 to move to the guiding bottom surface 308 .
  • the base station further includes: a first charging contact pole piece 360, the first charging contact pole piece 360 is disposed on the base station main body 300, and is used for electrical connection with the second charging contact pole piece 210 of the cleaning robot 1, thereby The charging of the cleaning robot 1 is realized.
  • the base station body 300 further includes a guide side surface 309 , the first charging contact pole piece 360 is arranged on the guide side surface 309 , and the second charging contact pole piece 210 is arranged on the side of the cleaning robot 1 surface, so that the first charging contact pole piece 360 can be electrically connected with the second charging contact pole piece 210 .
  • the first charging contact pole piece 360 is located above the cleaning tank 301, that is, the cleaning tank 301 is located on the guide bottom surface 308, and the first charging contact pole piece 360 is located on the guide side surface 309.
  • the contact pole piece 360 is located above the cleaning tank 301, so it is ensured that the mopping roller brush 130 at the bottom of the cleaning robot 1 is cleaned in the cleaning tank 301 that guides the bottom surface 308, and the first charging contact pole piece 360 on the side of the cleaning robot 1 is at the bottom of the cleaning robot 1.
  • Charging takes place on the second charging contact pole piece 210 of the guide side surface 309 .
  • the plurality of first charging contact pole pieces 360 and the plurality of second charging contact pole pieces 210 are arranged in pairs, and are respectively located on two opposite surfaces, that is, two pairs of first charging contacts
  • the pole pieces 360 are respectively located on two opposite guide sides 309 .
  • a plurality of pairs of the first charging contact pole piece 360 and the second charging contact pole piece 210 can be located on the same side of the base station main body 300 and the cleaning robot 1 at the same time. It is common that the two pairs of charging contact pole pieces are respectively located on the cleaning robot. 1 and the base station main body 300 side.
  • the base station main body 300 further includes a guide side surface 309, and the base station further includes: a guide wheel 361.
  • the guide wheel 361 is arranged on the guide side surface 309 and is used for contacting the cleaning robot 1, that is, in the When the cleaning robot 1 moves relative to the base station main body 300 , the side of the cleaning robot 1 will contact the guide wheel 361 , so as to avoid contact with the guide side surface 309 , realize positioning, and at the same time realize rolling guidance and reduce frictional resistance.
  • the guide wheel 361 is located above the cleaning tank 301, that is, the cleaning tank 301 is located on the guide bottom surface 308, and the guide wheel 361 is located on the guide side surface 309. Viewed from the height direction, the guide wheel 361 is located above the cleaning tank 301.
  • the guide wheel 361 may be a pulley.
  • the guide wheels 361 are arranged in pairs, and the pair of two guide wheels 361 are respectively located on two opposite guide sides 309 .
  • the guide wheel 361 and the first charging contact pole piece 360 are both located on the guide side surface 309 , and the guide wheel 361 and the first charging contact pole piece 360 are arranged at intervals.
  • the cleaning robot 1 Due to the special shape of the cleaning robot 1, it is formed into a D-shaped configuration.
  • the guide wheel 361 can be provided at the side entrance of the base station main body 300 to facilitate the cleaning robot 1 to adjust the direction at the initial position of the station, that is, to realize the role of the initial station guide.
  • the guide wheel 361 and the first charging contact pole piece 360 can be the same component, which can not only realize guidance but also act as a charging electrode to charge the cleaning robot 1 .
  • the base station main body 300 further includes a guide top surface 362, and the guide top surface 362 is provided with a pressing block for contacting the cleaning robot 1, so that the cleaning robot 1 is cleaning or charging on the base station 2.
  • the pressing block can position the cleaning robot 1 .
  • the pressure block is located above the cleaning tank 301 , that is, the cleaning tank 301 is located on the guide bottom surface 308 , and the pressure block is located on the guide top surface 362 . Viewed from the height direction, the pressure block is located above the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the cleaning robot 1 cleans the mopping roller brush 130 on the base station 2 .
  • the pressing block includes a first pressing block 363 , the first pressing block 363 and the cleaning robot 1 contact, thereby preventing the cleaning robot 1 from jumping during the cleaning process.
  • the guide side surface 309 is provided with a deceleration detection groove 374 and a switching detection groove 373.
  • the cleaning robot 1 decelerates and continues to move.
  • the wall sensor 222 detects the switching detection groove 373
  • the first pressing block 363 contacts the cleaning robot 1, and the cleaning robot 1 stops moving.
  • the lower part of the mopping roller brush 130 of the cleaning robot 1 is immersed in the cleaning robot 1.
  • the first pressing block 363 prevents the cleaning robot 1 from jumping during the cleaning process, that is, the first pressing block 363 is used to limit the movement of the cleaning robot 1 vertically.
  • first pressing blocks 363, and the first pressing blocks 363 may be pulleys or bumps.
  • the cleaning robot 1 is charged on the base station 2 , or the mopping roller brush 130 is dried by the drying mechanism 350 .
  • the pressing block includes a second pressing block 364 .
  • the second pressing block 364 is in contact with the cleaning robot 1, so as to prevent the cleaning robot 1 from moving too much, that is, to ensure that the first charging contact pole piece 360 and the second charging contact pole piece 210 are electrically connected reliably, and the mopping roller brush 130 is in the drying mechanism. Dry under the action of 350.
  • the second pressing block 364 is a limiting block, which is configured to protrude downward from the guiding top surface 362 of the base station 2, and can limit the continued movement of the cleaning robot 1 in a certain direction;
  • the parts of the block 364 that cooperate with each other are a certain raised member on the cleaning robot 1, such as the laser ranging sensor 223, when the cleaning robot 1 enters the base station 2 in a certain way, and when the raised laser ranging sensor 223 is connected to the base station 2
  • the second pressing block 364 on the top is in contact, the cleaning robot 1 cannot continue to move further.
  • the main unit when the cleaning robot 1 is being charged on the base station 2, or the mopping roller brush 130 is being dried by the drying mechanism 350, or after the charging or drying is completed, the main unit can be charged on the charging pile. Remove the dust box in the state or when the charging is completed. On the contrary, when the cleaning robot 1 is cleaning on the base station 2, the dust box cannot be taken out because the setting position of the dust box on the cleaning robot 1 interferes with some components on the base station 2.
  • the base station 2 is provided with a communication module 370 , and the communication module 370 of the base station 2 communicates with the infrared communication module 220 of the cleaning robot 1 , so that the cleaning robot 1 can obtain the status of the base station 2 and can report to the base station 2 Send instructions.
  • the cleaning robot according to an embodiment of the present disclosure can clean the surface to be cleaned by the mopping roller brush 130 , and the mopping roller brush 130 can realize automatic cleaning on the base station 2 .
  • the cleaning robot includes: a main body 200 , the main body 200 includes a chassis 201 ; a sweeping roller brush 120 ; a mopping roller brush 130 ; The position is adjustable on the chassis 201, so that the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position.
  • the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are arranged on the chassis 201 in an adjustable position, so that the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 can be in the working position, so as to realize
  • the use of the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 alone avoids the large loss caused by the simultaneous cleaning of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130, and the problem of unclean cleaning may occur.
  • the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are used to clean the surface to be cleaned, such as the ground.
  • the position where the sweeping roller brush 120 is located is the working position;
  • the position of the mopping roller brush 130 is the working position.
  • the working position is a position that indicates that cleaning can be achieved, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 of the cleaning robot can achieve cleaning of the surface to be cleaned.
  • the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 can be set at intervals from the base station 2, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping None of the roller brushes 130 are in the working position, that is, in an intermediate state, which can enable the cleaning robot 1 to walk easily under some special circumstances, and the intermediate state can be controlled by controlling the sweeping and mopping module to switch the driving mechanism/motor. duty cycle to achieve.
  • the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated to the working position, so that the lower part of the mopping roller brush 130 is located in the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position, and after the cleaning robot 1 moves to the position, the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated to the working position.
  • the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position for certain periods of time, but neither the sweeping roller brush 120 nor the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position during certain periods of time, and the cleaning robot 1 moves to the right position. Afterwards, the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated to the working position.
  • the specific pile-up states of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are not limited here, as long as it is ensured that the mopping roller brush 130 can be cleaned in the cleaning tank 301 .
  • the process described in the present disclosure takes the cleaning of the mopping roller brush 130 in the cleaning tank 301 of the base station 2 as an example, it can be understood that the base station 2 of the present disclosure can also be used for cleaning the cleaning roller brush in the cleaning tank 301 120 for cleaning, optionally, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 may also be cleaned simultaneously in the cleaning tank 301 .
  • both the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are rotatably arranged relative to the chassis 201, that is, when the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the station position, the sweeping roller brush 120 rotates to clean the surface to be cleaned, When the mopping roller brush 130 is in the station position, the mopping roller brush 130 rotates to clean the surface to be cleaned.
  • the mopping roller brush 130 also needs to be rotated for cleaning.
  • centerlines of the sweeping brush 120 and the mopping brush 130 may be on the same plane, that is, the extension direction of the sweeping brush 120 and the extension direction of the mopping brush 130 are consistent, and the sweeping brush 120 and The rotation axes of the mopping roller brushes 130 are parallel.
  • the main body 200 further includes a front crash assembly 203 , which is disposed on the front edge of the chassis 201 ; wherein, the front crash assembly 203 includes a straight plate segment, and the straight plate segment is located in the clean At the front end of the robot, the mopping roller brush 130 is closer to the straight section than the sweeping roller brush 120, that is, the mopping roller brush 130 is located at the front end of the main body 200, and the front collision assembly 203 can be a U-shaped structure, so that the entire main body is D-shaped, for details, please refer to FIG. 1 to FIG. 8 .
  • the front collision assembly 203 is provided with a protective sensor 2031, and the protective sensor 2031 is disposed on the straight plate section of the front collision assembly 203, that is, at the front end of the cleaning robot, and the protective sensor 2031 is used for
  • the position of the obstacle relative to the body 200 can be measured in response to the collision before hitting the obstacle.
  • the guard sensor 2031 may be a photo-interrupting/photo-coupler sensor, a Hall-effect sensor, or the like.
  • a plurality of protection sensors 2031 are provided on the straight plate section of the front crash assembly 203 .
  • the front crash assembly 203 of the U-shaped structure further includes two side plate segments arranged on both sides of the straight plate segment, and one or more protection sensors 2031 may be provided on the two side plate segments.
  • the protection sensor 2031 on the straight plate segment and the protection sensor 2031 on the side plate segment can be used for trigger sensitivity partition processing, so that when the cleaning robot travels or enters the wall, each protection sensor 2031 can be triggered as required, so that the cleaning robot can be triggered. The robot correctly identifies the obstacle location.
  • the trigger pressure or trigger stroke of the guard sensor 2031 on the straight plate segment can be greater than the trigger pressure or trigger stroke of the guard sensor 2031 on the side panel segment, that is, the guard sensor 2031 on the side panel segment can be more easily triggered, so that the Cleaner robots enter along walls more smoothly.
  • Guarding sensors 2031 with different sensitivities can be used for triggering sensitivity zone processing, that is, the sensitivity of the guarding sensor 2031 on the straight plate segment can be smaller than the sensitivity of the guarding sensor 2031 on the side plate segment.
  • a buffer structure is provided between the front crash assembly 203 and the chassis 201.
  • a buffer structure may be provided on the straight plate segment and the side plate segment, so that the need for pressing the straight plate segment and the side plate segment can be adjusted by adjusting the buffer structure.
  • 2.5N is required to press the side plate segment
  • 5N is required to press the side plate segment, that is, the trigger sensitivity partition processing of the guard sensor 2031 on the straight plate segment and the guard sensor 2031 on the side plate segment is realized.
  • the buffer structure can be a structure such as a spring, an elastic sheet, a steel wire, a steel sheet, etc., which is not limited here.
  • two guard sensors 2031 may be provided on the straight plate segment, and one guard sensor 2031 may be provided on each of the two side panel segments, and each guard sensor 2031 may have a corresponding buffer structure.
  • the sensitivity triggering pressure of the protective sensor 2031 can be basically the same, for example, it can be about 2.5N, and when the center is pressed, the sensitivity of the protective sensor 2031 is triggered.
  • the pressure can be about 5N, that is, the protection sensor 2031 on the straight plate segment and the protection sensor 2031 on the side plate segment can be used for trigger sensitivity partition processing.
  • each protection sensor 2031 can be consistent, that is, each protection sensor 2031 itself The sensitivities are the same, but the trigger sensitivity is divided into zones by controlling the external force.
  • protection sensor 2031 can also be disposed on the front edge of the chassis 201 , and the specific location can correspond to the straight plate section and the side plate section of the front impact assembly 203 of the U-shaped structure, which will not be repeated here.
  • the front bumper assembly 203 is piled toward the base station 2 , that is, the front bumper assembly 203 is located at the innermost side of the base station 2 .
  • the body 200 is provided with an infrared communication module 220.
  • the infrared communication module 220 is used to realize data communication between the cleaning robot and the base station, so as to ensure that the cleaning robot can find the base station and can accurately correspond to the base station.
  • the base station moves, thereby realizing charging through the base station and cleaning of the mopping roller brush 130 .
  • the chassis 201 is provided with a carpet identification module 221 , and the carpet identification module 221 is disposed on the side of the chassis 201 close to the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 .
  • the group 221 can switch between the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 according to the recognition status of the carpet identification module, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 can be in the station position according to the type of the surface to be cleaned.
  • the mopping roller brush 130 can be raised and the sweeping roller brush 120 can be lowered, so that the mopping module is in a non-station position to avoid wetting the carpet; If it is recognized that the end of the carpet material enters the floor material, the opposite operation is performed, and the mopping roller brush 130 is put down to continue to perform the mopping mode.
  • the carpet identification module 221 can be an ultrasonic sensor, an infrared sensor, etc., which all perform material identification by transmitting and receiving ground reflection signals during operation.
  • the receiver of the sensor can receive the echo signal reflected by the floor from the transmitter; while when it is made of carpet and other materials, due to poor reflection performance, the signal sent by the transmitter cannot be effectively transmitted. reflected to the receiver.
  • the carpet identification module 221 it is also possible to detect whether the chassis 201 is parallel to the ground during the walking process. If it is not parallel to the ground, the echo signal reflected by the ground sent by the sensor transmitter cannot be received by the receiver due to the deviation. , it can be determined that the cleaning robot is not parallel to the cleaning surface.
  • the switching or operating status of the cleaning assembly can be controlled by the controller electrically connected to the cleaning assembly, for example, the mopping roller brush 130 can be controlled to stop so as not to wet the carpet, or due to If it is not parallel to the ground, for example, in the process of crossing obstacles, the water on the cleaning element is scraped off; after that, when the echo signal is detected again, the operation of the mopping roller brush 130 is resumed.
  • the carpet identification module 221 cannot detect the echo signal, all cleaning components will be stopped to avoid the above situation.
  • the body 200 is provided with a sensor 222 along the wall, so as to ensure that the cleaning robot can walk reliably along the wall, and the sensor 222 along the wall can be connected with the deceleration detection grooves 374 and 374 of the base station 2 .
  • the interaction of the switching detection grooves 373 ensures stable movement and reliable stop of the cleaning robot.
  • the body 200 is provided with a cliff sensor.
  • a cliff sensor In the process of using the cleaning robot, in order to prevent the cleaning robot from falling off, for example, indoor stairs, higher steps, etc., when the cliff sensor detects the edge of the cliff, it can control the A walking wheel assembly 205 to prevent the robot from falling off the steps.
  • Cliff sensors generally use ultrasonic or infrared sensors. The basic principle is to transmit signals to the clean surface through the transmitter set in the sensor, and receive the signal reflected from the clean surface through the receiver set in the sensor. On the one hand, it can be confirmed whether there is a cliff according to the time interval when the receiver receives the reflected signal; Judgment of the degree of surface contamination, etc.
  • the cleaning ability of the cleaning robot or the degree of cleanliness of the cleaning surface can be further judged.
  • the cliff sensors set on both sides of the cleaning component can respectively represent a certain point before and after cleaning or a certain point before and after cleaning. The contamination difference on the line segment perpendicular to the advancing direction of the robot, the specific calculation and statistical method will not be repeated here.
  • the cleaning robot can move through the traveling wheel assemblies 205 , and the cleaning robot further includes a universal wheel 206 , which can be used to realize flexible steering of the cleaning robot 1 .
  • the body 200 is provided with a laser distance sensor 223 (Laser Distance Sensor, LDS), that is, a laser radar, which emits laser light through high-speed rotation, and then touches an obstacle and reflects back through the laser light emission The light spot judges the distance between itself and the obstacle, so as to judge the relative position and realize the positioning.
  • LDS Laser Distance Sensor
  • the main body 200 further includes a side plate 202 , the side plate 202 is disposed on the side edge of the chassis 201 , and the main body 200 further includes: a second charging contact pole piece 210 , a second charging contact pole piece 210 is protruded, flushed or recessed and disposed on the side plate 202, and is used for contacting with the first charging contact pole piece 360 of the base station, so as to realize charging.
  • the present disclosure since the innermost part of the base station cooperating with the cleaning robot is provided with components for wet cleaning of the cleaning mechanism of the cleaning robot, such as a water tank, after the cleaning robot moves to the base station, neither the front nor the rear can achieve safe cleaning. Therefore, the present disclosure preferably sets the charging position on the side of the cleaning robot and the base station, which is far away from the wet components to avoid the risk of short circuit, and can be conveniently arranged in the design.
  • a floating pole piece can be set on the base station, and a magnetic attraction piece can be set at the rear of the floating pole piece opposite to the robot.
  • another charging contact pole piece 210 on the robot can also be set at the rear to cooperate with the above magnetic attraction piece.
  • the main control unit can control the electromagnetic magnetic attraction component to power off, so as to facilitate the separation of the magnetic attraction components.
  • the setting method of the charging contact pole piece 210 on the side plate 202 of the main body 200 remains unchanged, and the guide wheel on the side of the base station is set with a suitable material and electrically connected to the power supply in a suitable way, so as to guide the The wheel can have both guiding and charging functions; of course, the guiding wheel can also be set on the inner side wall of the base station in a floating manner.
  • the floating guiding wheel can adapt to Good contact is achieved by the charging contact pole pieces 210 disposed protruding, flush or recessed on the side plate 202 .
  • the body 200 further includes a top cover 204 which is connected with the chassis 201 to form an integral frame of the cleaning robot, and a battery module is installed inside the body 200 through the battery cover
  • the plate 208 encapsulates the battery module within the body 200 , wherein the battery cover plate 208 is connected to the chassis 201 .
  • the cleaning robot further includes: a rotating assembly 110 , the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are both disposed on the rotating assembly 110 , and the rotating assembly 110 is disposed on the chassis 201 , so that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are arranged on the chassis 201 through the rotating assembly 110; wherein the rotating assembly 110 is rotatably disposed on the chassis 201, so that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130
  • the working position is switched, that is, the rotating assembly 110 can ensure that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 change their positions synchronously, so as to realize the position switching of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130, and ensure the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller.
  • the roller brush 130 is in the station position for subsequent cleaning.
  • the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 relative to the chassis 201 can be driven by a drive mechanism in the related art.
  • the drive mechanism includes a telescopic rod, and the telescopic rod is connected to the rotating assembly 110.
  • the extension and retraction of the telescopic rod The driving of the rotating assembly 110 is realized, so that the rotating assembly 110 is rotated relative to the chassis 201 .
  • the drive mechanism includes a drive shaft, which is connected to the rotating assembly 110 , so that the rotating assembly 110 can be driven through the forward rotation and reverse rotation of the driving shaft, so that the rotating assembly 110 rotates relative to the chassis 201 .
  • the rotating assembly 110 can be directly installed on the chassis 201, and the rotating assembly 110 can also be indirectly installed on the chassis 201, that is, the rotating assembly 110 can be installed on the chassis 201 through other components, but it is necessary to ensure that the rotating assembly 110 can be installed on the chassis 201. Rotate relative to the chassis 201 .
  • At least one of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 is rotatably disposed relative to the rotating assembly 110 , that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 and/or the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated to achieve cleaning.
  • the rotating assembly 110 has a first accommodating cavity and a second accommodating cavity, the sweeping roller brush 120 is arranged in the first accommodating cavity, and the mopping roller brush 130 is arranged in the second accommodating cavity , so as to ensure the stable setting of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 without problems such as separation.
  • At least part of the first accommodating cavity 113 and the second accommodating cavity 114 are set independently, so as to prevent problems such as interference between the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130, and ensure that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller Brush 130 works fine.
  • the first accommodating cavity 113 and the second accommodating cavity 114 are provided independently, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 do not affect each other, and when the sweeping roller brush 120 sweeps the floor, a large amount of dust will not enter the second accommodating cavity. 114, to prevent the mopping roller brush 130 from becoming dirty, and when the mopping roller brush 130 is a wet cleaning member, it will have a certain amount of moisture, so it can also prevent the moisture on the mopping roller brush 130 from entering the first container. inside the cavity 113 .
  • the rotating assembly 110 includes: a floating bracket 111 , which is rotatably disposed on the chassis 201 ; a cover member 112 , which is connected to the floating bracket 111 , and the cover
  • the plate 112 and the floating bracket 111 form a first accommodating cavity and a second accommodating cavity, which can not only ensure the relative isolation of the sweeping brush 120 and the mopping brush 130, but also ensure the stable installation of the sweeping brush 120 and the mopping brush 130 sex.
  • both the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 can be rotatably arranged on the floating bracket 111 , and both the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 can be detachably installed on the floating bracket 111 , and the cover plate 112 and the floating bracket 111 are detachably connected, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 can be easily replaced.
  • center line of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the center line of the mopping roller brush 130 may be parallel.
  • the cover member 112 is snapped, bonded or connected with the floating bracket 111 , that is, on the basis of ensuring that the cover member 112 and the floating bracket 111 are detachable, the cover member 112 is not limited Connection with the floating bracket 111 .
  • both the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are non-detachably mounted on the floating bracket 111 , and the cover member 112 and the floating bracket 111 may also be non-detachably connected.
  • the extension direction of the first accommodating cavity 113 is parallel to the extension direction of the second accommodating cavity 114
  • the cover plate 112 is provided with anti-roll teeth 1121 , and the anti-roll teeth 1121 It is disposed toward the cavity opening of the first accommodating cavity 113 , so that large objects can be prevented from being drawn into the first accommodating cavity 113 by the sweeping roll brush 120 when the sweeping roll brush 120 is working.
  • the plurality of anti-roll teeth 1121 are arranged on the cover member 112 at intervals, that is, the plurality of anti-roll teeth 1121 are arranged in sequence along the extending direction of the first accommodating cavity 113, so as to ensure large objects The sweeping roller brush 120 will not be caught in the first accommodating cavity 113 .
  • the anti-roll teeth 1121 extend from the cover plate 112 to the side of the sweeping roller brush 120 in an arc shape, and are formed to substantially cover the sweeping roller brush 120 .
  • the cover member 112 is provided with a scraper 1122 , and the scraper 1122 is disposed on the side of the cover member 112 away from the second accommodating cavity 114 .
  • the scraper 1122 can be used for Use to scrape off debris from the surface to be cleaned.
  • the cleaning robot further includes: a vacuuming channel 160 , one end of the vacuuming channel 160 is communicated with the first accommodating cavity 113 , and the other end of the vacuuming channel 160 is connected to the body 200
  • the dust suction channel 160 is a flexible part, so that when the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position, the dust suction channel 160 is in an open state.
  • the dust suction channel 160 is used to form an air duct so as to absorb dust.
  • the dust suction channel 160 does not need to work, and when the rotating assembly 110 rotates, the dust suction channel 160 does not need to work.
  • the dust suction channel 160 is deformed, and at this time, the dust suction channel 160 does not need to be used as an air duct, so it can be in a closed state.
  • the two ends of the dust suction channel 160 are respectively connected to the rotating assembly 110 and the main body 200. Therefore, when the rotating assembly 110 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are switched between the working positions. At this time, the dust suction channel 160, which is a flexible member, is deformed along with the rotating assembly 110, so as to ensure that the normal rotation of the rotating assembly 110 will not be hindered.
  • the dust suction channel 160 when the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position, the dust suction channel 160 may be in a closed state. Alternatively, when the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position, the dust suction channel 160 may also be in an open state.
  • the dust suction channel 160 may be directly connected to the main body 200 or indirectly connected to the main body 200 .
  • the wiper bar 1122 is disposed adjacent to the dust suction channel 160, that is, the wiper bar 1122 can also make the gap between the dust suction channel 160 and the first accommodating cavity 113 on the basis of scraping the garbage on the surface to be cleaned. A better seal is formed between the two to ensure that the dust cleaned by the sweeping roller brush 120 enters the dust suction channel 160 under the action of suction.
  • the cleaning robot further includes a power component 161 , and the wind generated by the power component 161 can suck the dust cleaned by the sweeping roller brush 120 into the dust suction channel 160 .
  • the power component 161 may be a fan. Wherein, the power component 161 is arranged in the main body 200 .
  • the cleaning robot further includes: a fixed bracket 100, and the rotating assembly 110 is rotatably disposed on the fixed bracket 100, for example, by attaching two ends of the rotating assembly 110 to the fixed bracket respectively 100 is installed and rotated by setting the corresponding rotating shaft and shaft hole at the corresponding position.
  • the fixed bracket 100 is arranged on the chassis 201, so that the rotating assembly 110 is arranged on the chassis 201 through the fixed bracket 100.
  • the fixed bracket 100 and the rotating assembly 110 form a A modular structure is provided, which can be installed on the chassis 201 as a whole.
  • the dust suction channel 160 can be connected with the fixed bracket 100, that is, the dust suction channel 160 is connected with the main body 200 through the fixed bracket 100, and the power component 161 located in the main body 200 communicates with the dust suction channel 160.
  • the body 200 is provided with a dust box 162 , the dust suction channel 160 is communicated with the dust box 162 , and the power component 161 is communicated with the dust box 162 , so that the dust can be collected by the dust collector.
  • Channel 160 is drawn into dust box 162 .
  • the cleaning robot further includes: a position adjustment mechanism 140 , and the position adjustment mechanism 140 is connected with the rotating assembly 110 to drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate.
  • the position adjustment mechanism 140 is used to realize the rotation of the rotating assembly 110, that is, it can be a driving mechanism in the related art.
  • the position adjustment mechanism 140 includes a telescopic rod, and the telescopic rod is connected with the rotating assembly 110. Through the extension of the telescopic rod The out and retraction realizes the driving of the rotating assembly 110 so as to make the rotating assembly 110 rotate.
  • the position adjusting mechanism 140 includes a drive shaft, and the drive shaft is connected with the rotating assembly 110 , so that the rotating assembly 110 can be driven through the forward rotation and reverse rotation of the driving shaft, thereby making the rotating assembly 110 rotate.
  • the position adjusting mechanism 140 can directly drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the chassis 201 .
  • the position adjusting mechanism 140 drives the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the fixing bracket 100 .
  • the fixing bracket 100 is relatively fixedly connected to the chassis 201 , and the fixing bracket 100 may be detachably mounted on the chassis 201 .
  • the fixing bracket 100 cannot be detached from the chassis 201 , that is, the fixing bracket 100 may constitute a part of the chassis 201 .
  • the position adjustment mechanism 140 includes: a connecting shaft 10 ; a turntable 20 , two ends of the connecting shaft 10 are respectively connected to the rotating assembly 110 and the turntable 20 ;
  • the connecting shaft 10 is movably arranged on the connecting shaft 10 so as to be connected or separated from the turntable 20;
  • the centerlines of the shafts 40 do not coincide; wherein, when the floating member 30 is connected to the turntable 20 and the floating member 30 rotates, the turntable 20 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100 with the connecting rod shaft 40 as a fixed point, thereby causing the rotating assembly 110 to rotate around
  • the shaft connected to the fixed bracket 100 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100 .
  • one end of the connecting rod shaft 40 connected to the fixed bracket 100 forms a rotating fulcrum
  • the two ends of the rotating assembly 110 and the fixed bracket 100 are respectively provided with a corresponding connecting shaft and a rotating shaft hole, and the connecting rotating shaft and the rotating shaft hole are mutually It is matched so that the rotating assembly 110 can rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 .
  • the position adjustment mechanism 140 can make the rotating assembly 110 rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 through the connecting shaft 10 , the turntable 20 , the floating member 30 and the connecting rod shaft 40 , and the rotating assembly 110 needs to be guaranteed to float before the rotating assembly 110 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100 .
  • the floating member 30 is connected to the turntable 20, that is, the floating member 30 needs to be moved along the connecting shaft 10 to be connected with the turntable 20, so that the rotation of the floating member 30 can drive the turntable 20 to rotate, thereby driving the adapter member 50 to rotate.
  • One end of the shaft 40 is fixedly connected to the fixed bracket 100.
  • the floating member 30 and the turntable 20 have two states of connection and separation, when the floating member 30 and the turntable 20 are in the separated state, if the floating member 30 needs to drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100, Then, it is necessary to ensure that the floating member 30 and the turntable 20 move from the separated state to the connected state. At this time, the floating member 30 rotates, so that the turntable 20 can be driven to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 with the connecting rod shaft 40 as the fixed point, while the floating member 30 and the turntable can be driven to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100. 20 are connected to the connecting shaft 10, and the connecting shaft 10 is connected with the rotating assembly 110, so the connecting shaft 10 can drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate.
  • the floating member 30 when the floating member 30 rotates relative to the connecting shaft 10 , the floating member 30 will drive the turntable 20 to rotate, and the turntable 20 is connected to the fixed bracket 100 through the connecting rod shaft 40 , and the center line of the connecting shaft 10 and the center of the connecting rod shaft 40 are The lines do not overlap, so driven by the floating member 30, the turntable 20 rotates relative to the connecting shaft 10 and also rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100 using the connecting rod shaft 40 as a fixed point, that is, the turntable 20 and the floating member 30 are completed at the same time.
  • Autorotate and revolve so as to realize the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 relative to the fixed bracket 100 .
  • the floating member 30 can rotate relative to the connecting shaft 10 .
  • the floating member 30 can also be circumferentially fixed with the connecting shaft 10 , that is, the floating member 30 can drive the connecting shaft 10 to rotate relative to the rotating assembly 110 .
  • the floating member 30 can be driven by an external driving mechanism to realize the movement relative to the connecting shaft 10.
  • the external driving mechanism can include a telescopic rod, and the telescopic rod is connected with the floating member 30. The length and retraction enable movement of the floating member 30 along the connecting shaft 10 .
  • the external driving mechanism can rotate synchronously with the floating member 30 .
  • a transmission mechanism in the related art can be used to ensure that the floating member 30 can rotate, for example, a gear transmission mechanism, a chain transmission mechanism or a belt transmission mechanism can be used, here It is not limited, as long as it is ensured that the transmission mechanism can drive the floating member 30 to rotate and move axially, and can rotate relative to the connecting rod shaft 40 simultaneously with the floating member 30 .
  • the connecting rod shaft 40 can be directly connected to the turntable 20 , that is, no switching mechanism is required between the connecting rod shaft 40 and the turntable 20 , and it is only necessary to ensure that the center line of the connecting shaft 10 and the center line of the connecting rod shaft 40 are It is not necessary to overlap, so that the turntable 20 can be rotated relative to the fixed bracket 100 with the connecting rod shaft 40 as a fixed point.
  • the connecting rod shaft 40 is fixedly connected with the turntable 20, that is, the connecting rod shaft 40 is offset from the connecting shaft 10, and the connecting rod shaft 40 is rotatable relative to the fixed bracket 100, so that the floating member 30 is connected with the turntable 20, and the floating member When the 30 rotates, the turntable 20 will drive the connecting rod shaft 40 to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 .
  • the turntable 20 is similar to an eccentric disk.
  • the connecting rod shaft 40 and the turntable 20 can be rotatably connected, and the connecting rod shaft 40 is fixedly connected with the fixing bracket 100 .
  • the position adjustment mechanism further includes: an adapter 50 , two ends of the adapter 50 are respectively connected to the turntable 20 and the connecting rod shaft 40 , so that the connecting rod shaft 40 passes through
  • the adapter 50 is connected with the turntable 20, so that the positional relationship between the connecting rod shaft 40 and the turntable 20 is not particularly limited, so as to ensure a reasonable layout of the components.
  • the adapter 50 may be a connecting plate, and the connection point between the adapter 50 and the turntable 20 is deviated from the centerline of the turntable 20 , that is, deviated from the centerline of the connecting shaft 10 .
  • the connecting rod shaft 40 is fixedly connected to the fixing bracket 100 , and the two ends of the adapter 50 are respectively hinged to the turntable 20 and the connecting rod shaft 40 , so that when the turntable 20 rotates, the adapter 50 can be relative to the turntable 20 . and the connecting rod shaft 40 to rotate to prevent jamming.
  • the side of the turntable 20 facing the floating member 30 is provided with a first protruding portion 21
  • the side of the floating member 30 facing the turntable 20 is provided with a second protruding portion 31 .
  • the first protruding portion 21 is in limited contact with the second protruding portion 31 , thereby ensuring that the floating member 30 can drive the turntable 20 to rotate.
  • first protruding portions 21 there may be multiple first protruding portions 21 , the multiple first protruding portions 21 are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the floating member 30 , and there are also multiple second protruding portions 31 .
  • the raised portions 31 are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the turntable 20 .
  • the first raised portions 21 and the second raised portions 31 may be staggered to form a relative fixed relationship.
  • one of the first protruding portion 21 and the second protruding portion 31 is formed with a groove, and the other is inserted into the groove to form a relative fixed relationship.
  • the limiting connection relationship between the first protruding portion 21 and the second protruding portion 31 is not limited, as long as it is ensured that the limiting and separation can be achieved.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 21 may form a helical external gear with the turntable 20
  • the plurality of second protrusions 31 may form a helical internal gear with the floating member 30
  • a plurality of first protrusions The portion 21 may form a helical internal gear with the turntable 20
  • the plurality of second protruding portions 31 may form a helical external gear with the floating member 30, and the helical external gear meshes with the helical internal gear.
  • the floating member 30 is rotatably arranged in both the first direction and the second direction; wherein, when the floating member 30 rotates in the first direction, the floating member 30 moves to connect with the turntable 20 and rotates The assembly 110 is rotated relative to the fixed bracket 100 by a preset angle, and the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position; when the floating member 30 rotates in the second direction, the floating member 30 moves to be separated from the turntable 20, and the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position. .
  • the floating member 30 rotates in the first direction
  • the floating member 30 moves in a direction close to the turntable 20 and moves to connect with the turntable 20, as shown in FIG. Therefore, the turntable 20 is driven to rotate, so that the rotating assembly 110 rotates from the first position to the second position relative to the fixed bracket 100 , the mopping roller brush 130 is switched from the non-working position to the working position, and the sweeping roller brush 120 Switch from the station position to the non-station position.
  • the floating member 30 rotates in the second direction
  • the floating member 30 will drive the turntable 20 to rotate, and make the rotating assembly 110 rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 from the second position to the first position, and the floating member 30 will be in contact with the turntable 20 .
  • Separation as shown in FIG. 21 , enables the sweeping roller brush 120 to switch from the non-working position to the working position, and the mopping roller brush 130 to switch from the working position to the non-working position.
  • the position adjustment mechanism 140 further includes: a blocking rod 70 , the blocking rod 70 is arranged on the fixing bracket 100 , and a notch 71 is provided on the blocking rod 70 ; the notch 71 includes an opening The oblique opening at the end and the opening extending behind the oblique opening, wherein the oblique opening is the floating limit when the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the station position, and the opening behind the oblique opening is used for the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130.
  • the travel of the connecting shaft 10 is avoided, see Figure 22.
  • the second power source 85 rotates in the second direction to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to rotate and work, and the floating member 30 and the The turntables 20 are disengaged from each other, and the sleeve sleeved on the connecting shaft 10 is facing the notch 71, so that the oblique opening of the notch 71 prevents the sleeve from entering the notch 71 to form a limit; when it is necessary to switch the position of the cleaning piece, the second power source 85 starts to rotate in the first direction opposite to the second direction.
  • the floating member 30 moves towards the turntable 20, while the sleeve and the notch 71 are staggered.
  • the rotating assembly 110 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100, the connecting shaft 10 enters the gap 71 on the blocking rod 70, and the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 complete the station position conversion, that is, the rotating assembly 110 is completed from the first position.
  • the first power source 63 starts to rotate to drive the mopping roller brush 130 to work; when it is necessary to switch the position of the cleaning piece again, the second power source 85 starts to rotate in the first direction.
  • the floating member 30 and the turntable 20 are in a combined state, the connecting shaft 10 is located in the gap 71 and held, the blocking rod 70 prevents the floating member 30 from moving along the axis of the connecting shaft 10, and the floating member 30 and the turntable 20 continue to rotate in a combined state until the connection is made.
  • the lever shaft 40 reaches the stuck position again, the rotating assembly 110 starts to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100.
  • the connecting shaft 10 withdraws from the notch 71 of the blocking rod 70 along with the rotation of the rotating assembly 110.
  • the shaft 10 starts to move along the direction in which the floating member 30 is detached from the turntable 20 until it is completely detached, completing the station position switching of the mopping roller brush 130 and the sweeping roller brush 120, that is, the switching of the rotating assembly from the second position to the first position is completed, Thereafter, the second power source 85 continues to rotate in the first direction to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to work normally.
  • the station position switching is realized by the forward and reverse rotation of the second power source 85
  • the normal operation of the sweeping roller brush 120 is also realized by the second power source 85
  • the normal operation of the mopping roller brush 130 is realized by the first power source 85.
  • a power source 63 is implemented.
  • the rotating assembly 110 when the rotating assembly 110 is rotated from the first position to the second position, that is, the mopping roller brush 130 is switched from the non-working position to the working position, the position can be determined by the sensor 72 at this time, so as to effectively control
  • the starting, stopping and turning of the two power sources make the floating member 30 stop rotating and the cleaning member in the working position, that is, the rotation of the mopping roller brush 130 to the working position is controlled by the sensor 72 .
  • the rotating assembly 110 After the rotating assembly 110 is rotated from the second position to the first position, since the floating member 30 has been separated from the turntable 20 , the rotating assembly 110 will not continue to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 .
  • the sensor 72 may be a position switch assembly, for example, an optocoupler switch, or a distance measuring sensor.
  • the rotating assembly 110 is provided with a buffer pad 116 , and the buffer pad 116 is disposed opposite to the sensor 72 , so as to prevent the sensor 72 from being hard contacted after the sensor 72 is rotated in place, so as to play a protective role.
  • the rotating assembly 110 is rotated from the second position to the first position, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 is switched from the non-working position to the working position, at this time, the sweeping roller brush 120 can rely on the counterweight on the floating bracket 111 and the ground pressure block After the tension spring of the assembly 115 touches the ground, it starts to sweep.
  • the position adjustment mechanism 140 includes a first drive assembly 80 and a second drive assembly 60 , the first drive assembly 80 is connected to the mopping roller brush 130 , and the mopping roller brush is When 130 is at the working position, the first driving assembly 80 drives the mopping roller brush 130 to work.
  • the second driving assembly 60 is connected with the sweeping roller brush 120 , and when the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position, the second driving assembly 60 drives the sweeping roller brush 120 to work.
  • the position adjustment mechanism 140 includes: a second drive assembly 60, the second drive assembly 60 is connected with the floating member 30, so as to drive the floating member 30 to rotate and move along the connecting shaft 10;
  • the second drive assembly 60 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100 synchronously with the turntable 20 , that is, the second drive assembly 60 can maintain the connection relationship with the floating member 30 , thereby ensuring power transmission.
  • the floating member 30 can move relative to the connecting shaft 10 while rotating, that is, the second driving assembly 60 needs to provide the floating member 30 with an axial direction force and a circumferential direction force at the same time. It is not excluded here that the second driving assembly 60 includes two sets of relatively independent driving mechanisms, which respectively provide forces in two directions to the floating member 30 .
  • the floating member 30 includes a first helical gear segment 32
  • the second driving assembly 60 includes: a first transmission gear 61
  • the first transmission gear 61 includes a second helical gear segment 611
  • the second drive assembly 60 includes a first transmission gear 61 .
  • the two helical gear segments 611 mesh with the first helical gear segment 32 to drive the floating member 30 to rotate; wherein, the floating member 30 can be moved relative to the axial direction of the second helical gear segment 611 .
  • the second helical gear segment 611 can provide the first helical gear segment 32 .
  • Forces in two directions ensure that the first helical gear segment 32 rotates and moves synchronously, so that the floating member 30 is connected and disconnected from the turntable 20 .
  • the floating member 30 After the floating member 30 is connected with the turntable 20, due to the limitation of the turntable 20, the floating member 30 will not continue to move along the connecting shaft 10, but still rotates under the driving of the second helical gear segment 611, thereby driving the turntable 20 to rotate.
  • the second drive assembly 60 further includes: a second transmission gear 62 meshing with the first transmission gear 61 ; a first power source 63 , the first A power source 63 is connected with the second transmission gear 62 to drive the second transmission gear 62 to rotate.
  • the first power source 63 may be a motor, and the first transmission gear 61 is driven to rotate by driving the second transmission gear 62 to rotate, thereby transmitting the power to the floating member 30 through the first transmission gear 61 .
  • the first power source 63 can be a motor, and the motor can realize forward rotation and reverse rotation.
  • the first power source 63 can also be directly connected with the first transmission gear 61 to drive the first transmission gear 61 to rotate.
  • other transmission gears may be provided between the first power source 63 and the second transmission gear 62 to meet the requirements of the transmission ratio.
  • the floating member 30 further includes an output gear segment 33
  • the second drive assembly 60 further includes: a first output gear 64 , which is used to connect the sweeping roller brush 120 , the output gear segment 33 meshes with the first output gear 64 to drive the first output gear 64 to rotate; wherein, the floating member 30 can be arranged to move relative to the axis of the first output gear 64 .
  • the floating member 30 can be used to drive the turntable 20 to rotate, that is, to realize the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 relative to the fixed bracket 100, and the floating member 30 can also be used to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to work when it rotates, that is, one power member realizes two This function can reduce the settings of power components to a certain extent.
  • the rotation of the floating member 30 will cause the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100. Therefore, after the floating member 30 is connected to the turntable 20, the rotation of the floating member 30 can also drive the rotation of the floating member 30.
  • the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 switch positions. After the floating member 30 is separated from the turntable 20, the rotation of the floating member 30 can drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to work, that is, the floating member 30 can rotate in two directions.
  • the floating member 30 can move relative to the connecting shaft 10, the floating member 30 can move relative to the first transmission gear 61 and the first output gear 64 meshing with it, but the moving distance has a fixed limit. Therefore, it is ensured that the floating member 30 and the first transmission gear 61 are in a state of constant meshing, and the floating member 30 and the first output gear 64 are also in a state of constant meshing.
  • the floating member 30 includes a first helical gear segment 32 and an output gear segment 33
  • the second driving assembly 60 includes: a first transmission gear 61, the first transmission gear 61 includes a second helical gear segment 611, a second The helical gear segment 611 meshes with the first helical gear segment 32 to drive the floating member 30 to rotate; the first output gear 64 is connected to the sweeping roller brush 120 , and the output gear segment 33 meshes with the first output gear 64 , so as to drive the first output gear 64 to rotate; wherein, the floating member 30 is movably arranged along the second helical gear segment 611 and the first output gear 64 .
  • the floating member 30 drives the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 through the turntable 20, so that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are switched between the working positions, and when the sweeping roller brush 120 is at the working position, the floating member 30 also The sweeping roller brush 120 can be driven to work through the first output gear 64 .
  • the floating member 30 when the floating member 30 rotates in the second direction, the floating member 30 drives the sweeping roller brush 120 to work, and the position adjustment mechanism 140 further includes: a first driving assembly 80 , the first driving assembly 80 and the mopping roller brush 130 is connected to drive the mopping roller brush 130 to work, that is, after the mopping roller brush 130 is switched to the working position, the first driving assembly 80 can drive the mopping roller brush 130 to work.
  • the position adjustment mechanism 140 further includes: a housing part 90 , the housing part 90 is connected with the rotating assembly 110 , and the connecting shaft 10 is connected with the housing part 90 , so that the connecting shaft 10 is connected with the rotating assembly 110 through the casing member 90, and the first driving assembly 80 is arranged on the casing member 90; wherein, the connecting shaft 10 rotates from the outside of the notch 71 to be clamped in the notch 71, and makes the mopping roller brush
  • the floating member 30 stops rotating, the first drive assembly 80 drives the mopping roller brush 130 to work, and after the floating member 30 contacts the blocking rod 70 in a limited position, the floating member 30 can continue to rotate in the second direction.
  • the floating member 30 when the floating member 30 rotates in the first direction, the floating member 30 is used to drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 , that is, the rotating assembly 110 moves from the first position to the second position.
  • the floating member 30 rotates in the second direction, after the floating member 30 drives the rotating assembly 110 to move from the second position to the first position, the floating member 30 is mainly used for driving the sweeping roller brush 120 to work.
  • the rotating assembly 110 when the rotating assembly 110 is in the first position, the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position, that is, the floating member 30 rotates in the second direction to realize the operation of the sweeping roller brush 120 .
  • the mopping roller brush 130 After the rotating assembly 110 is in the second position, the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position, and the first driving assembly 80 drives the mopping roller brush 130 to work.
  • the position adjustment mechanism includes a first drive assembly 80 and a second drive assembly 60 .
  • the second drive assembly 60 realizes the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 relative to the fixed bracket 100 and can be used to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to work.
  • the first driving assembly 80 is used for driving the mopping roller brush 130 to work.
  • Both the first drive assembly 80 and the second drive assembly 60 are arranged on the housing part 90 .
  • the first transmission gear 61 consists of a second helical gear segment 611 and a transmission gear segment 612
  • the floating member 30 consists of a first helical gear segment 32 and an output gear segment 33
  • the second transmission gear 62 meshes with the transmission gear segment 612 to realize the rotation of the first transmission gear 61
  • the second helical gear segment 611 meshes with the first helical gear segment 32 for driving the movement and rotation of the floating member 30
  • the output gear segment 33 meshes with the first output gear 64, thereby driving the sweeping roller brush 120 to work through the first output gear 64.
  • a plurality of output gears may be included between the first output gear 64 and the sweeping roller brush 120, that is, to meet the transmission ratio requirement.
  • the first output gear 64 is meshed with the second output gear 65
  • the second output gear 65 is meshed with the third output gear 66
  • the third output gear 66 is meshed with the fourth output gear 67.
  • the four output gears 67 are connected with the sweeping roller brush 120 so as to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to rotate.
  • the first drive assembly 80 includes a second power source 85
  • the second power source 85 is drivingly connected with the first gear 81, thereby driving the first gear 81 to rotate, and the first gear 81 can be used to drive the mopping roller
  • the brush 130 works, and a plurality of gears may be arranged between the first gear 81 and the mopping roller brush 130 to satisfy the transmission ratio.
  • the first gear 81 meshes with the second gear 82
  • the second gear 82 meshes with the third gear 83
  • the third gear 83 meshes with the fourth gear 84
  • the fourth gear 84 meshes with the mopping floor
  • the roller brushes 130 are connected to drive the mopping roller brushes 130 to rotate.
  • the second power source 85 may be a motor.
  • the second power source 85 may be a motor, and the motor realizes forward rotation and reverse rotation.
  • the housing member 90 includes a first segment 91 and a second segment 92 , and both the first drive assembly 80 and the second drive assembly 60 are disposed on the first segment 91 and the second segment 92
  • the inner, ie, the first section 91 and the second section 92 are used to enclose the internal components of the position adjustment mechanism 140 .
  • the first section 91 and the second section 92 are detachably connected.
  • the first drive assembly 80 is connected with the mopping roller brush 130 through an adapter assembly.
  • the adapter assembly includes an output sleeve 93 , a first seal 94 , a second seal 95 and a bearing 96 . Both ends of the output sleeve 93 are respectively connected to the first drive assembly 80 and the mopping roller brush 130 . Both ends of the output sleeve 93 respectively have a first installation hole and a second installation hole, the fourth gear 84 of the first drive assembly 80 may be provided with an external spline 841, the first mounting hole is provided with an internal spline, and the external spline is provided in the first mounting hole.
  • connection mode of the mopping roller brush 130 and the second installation hole can also be spline connection, that is, the mopping roller brush 130 can be provided with an external spline, and the second installation hole is provided with an internal spline.
  • the spline connection is full-tooth-tooth surface contact, which increases the torsional contact area and reduces the stress, so the torsional resistance is increased.
  • the spline connection makes the backlash small, and each tooth is meshed, so the center is good.
  • the output sleeve 93 is rotatably arranged in the second section 92, and the output sleeve 93 and the second section 92 are provided with a second seal 95 and a bearing 96, so as to ensure that the output sleeve 93 is rotatably arranged in the second section 92
  • the bearing 96 can be a copper bearing
  • the second sealing member 95 can be a felt
  • the felt is wool or wool. The felt prevents or reduces foreign matter such as dust and hair from entering the housing member 90 and avoids damage to the oil seal.
  • the second drive assembly 60 may also be connected to the sweeping roller brush 120 through an adapter assembly.
  • the specific structure of the adapter assembly can be referred to the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second drive assembly 60 and the sweeping roller brush 120 cooperate with it, that is, the fourth output gear 67 and the sweeping roller brush 120 may be provided with external splines. .
  • the rotating assembly 110 is rotatably mounted on the chassis 201, that is, the rotating assembly 110 is connected to the chassis 201 through the fixing bracket 100 relative to the above-mentioned rotating assembly 110.
  • the rotating assembly 110 in this embodiment is directly rotatably installed on the chassis On 201, for example: the connection between the rotating assembly 110 and the chassis 201 and the rotating cleaning robot are realized through the shafts at both ends of the rotating assembly 110 and the shaft holes in the relative positions of the chassis 201. connected to drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate.
  • the structure of the rotational drive mechanism can be similar to the above-mentioned position adjustment mechanism 140, the difference is that the components connected with the position adjustment mechanism 140 and the fixing bracket 100 need to be connected with the main body 200 at this time, For example, it can be directly connected to the chassis 201 .
  • the connecting rod shaft 40 is connected to the main body 200
  • the blocking rod 70 is connected to the main body 200
  • other structures of the position adjustment mechanism 140 can refer to the above-mentioned specific embodiments, which will not be repeated here, as long as the position adjustment mechanism 140 can be guaranteed to be able to
  • the rotating assembly 110 is driven to rotate and can be used to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 respectively.
  • the specific structure and arrangement can be adjusted according to actual needs, which are not limited here.
  • the rotating assembly 110 may be driven by the first motor to rotate relative to the chassis 201 , so that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are switched between working positions.
  • the sweeping roller brush 120 can be driven by the second motor to rotate, so as to work.
  • the mopping roller brush 130 can be driven by the third motor to realize rotation, so as to work.
  • the first drive assembly 80 drives the rotation of the mopping roller brush 130 relative to the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 and the sweeping brush 120 driven by the second drive assembly 60 .
  • the rotation of the mopping roller brush 130 can still be driven by the first driving component 80 , and the specific process is the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the driving gear 23 is meshed with the turntable 20, so that the third power source 22 drives the turntable 20 to realize forward rotation and reverse rotation through the driving gear 23, so as to realize the sweeping roller brush 120 Switch with the mopping roller brush 130 in the working position.
  • the floating member 30 in this embodiment does not move axially, but is directly driven to rotate by the second driving component 60, so that the fourth output gear is finally driven by the corresponding gear transmission. 67 rotates, so that the fourth output gear 67 drives the sweeping roller brush 120 to rotate, and the final realization of the rotation distance of the fourth output gear 67 is also consistent with the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the axial movement of the floating member 30 can be omitted, and the blocking rod 70 can be eliminated.
  • the sweeping roller brush 120 , the mopping roller brush 130 , and the sweeping and mopping switching can be uniformly driven by using a single driving mechanism and a more complex transmission assembly.
  • the driving mechanism can drive the rotation of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 and the switching of the sweeping and mopping state respectively according to the state of the sweeping and mopping module during the forward rotation: when the sweeping roller brush 120 touches the ground, the driving mechanism is driven by the gear box
  • the sweeping roller brush 120 rotates to sweep the floor; when it is necessary to switch the sweeping and dragging state, the meshing teeth of the gear box are switched, so that the drive mechanism can drive the sweeping and dragging state switching through the gear box; when the switching is completed, the meshing teeth of the gear box are switched again, thereby
  • the driving mechanism can drive the mopping roller brush 130 to rotate through the gear box. When it is necessary to switch the sweeping and dragging state again, the meshing teeth of the gear box are switched again, and at the same time, the motor is reversed
  • the sweeping roller brushes 120 and the mopping roller brushes 130 are arranged in sequence along the advancing direction of the cleaning robot, that is, the mopping roller brushes 130 are in front and the sweeping roller brushes 120 are behind.
  • the cleaning robot further includes: a side brush assembly 150 , the side brush assembly 150 is disposed on the chassis 201 , and when the sweeping roller brush 120 is at the working position, the side brush assembly 150 is also working Therefore, the side brush assembly 150 can be used to move the dust other than the sweeping roller brush 120 into the area of the sweeping roller brush 120 to ensure the cleaning range.
  • the side brush assembly 150 is located on one side of the sweeping roller brush 120 , that is, the side brush assembly 150 and the sweeping roller brush 120 occupy the first area of the rotating assembly 110 , while the mopping roller brush 130 occupies the second area of the rotating assembly 110 .
  • the first area and the surface to be cleaned are disposed opposite to each other, that is, the side brush assembly 150 and the sweeping roller brush 120 are in working positions, which can be used for cleaning the surface to be cleaned.
  • the second area is opposite to the surface to be cleaned, that is, the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position, it can be used for mopping the surface to be cleaned.
  • the side brush assembly 150 includes a separate driving mechanism, and the brush is driven to rotate by the driving mechanism, so as to realize cleaning.
  • the drive mechanism includes a motor.
  • the cleaning robot further includes: a side brush hair removal mechanism 151, the side brush hair removal mechanism 151 is rotatably disposed on the rotating assembly 110, and the side brush hair removal mechanism 151 is used for fixing the side brush
  • the brush assembly 150 has substantially the same annular member as the side brush assembly 150, and the side brush bristle brushing mechanism 151 can be rotated out of the plane relative to the rotating assembly 110, during the process, the bristles of the side brush assembly 150 can be moved along the Pull up parallel to the axis of the side brush assembly 150; the purpose of this is so that the cover member 112 will not interfere with the side brush bristles during the closing process after opening the cover member 112 to press the side brush bristles into the cover member 112.
  • the cover member 112 When the cover member 112 is closed, the cover member 112 will timely touch the interference protrusion on the top of the annular member on the side brush tufting mechanism 151, and further press the interference protrusion when the cover member 112 is closed, thereby driving the side brush.
  • the brush tufting mechanism 151 moves along its axis of rotation on the plane where the rotating assembly 110 is located. During this process, the side brush tufting mechanism 151 further releases the interference of the side brush bristles.
  • the cover member 112 When the cover member 112 is closed and locked, the side brush bristle mechanism 151 is also fully engaged with the rotating assembly 110, and the cover member 112 will not press the side brush bristles.
  • the present disclosure also provides an embodiment, between the fixed bracket 100 and the floating bracket 111, a tension spring and a grounding pressure block assembly 115 for installing the tension spring are provided, the grounding pressure block assembly 115 includes a tension spring bracket, and one end of the tension spring bracket is fixed on the On the fixed bracket 100, the tension spring is sleeved into the tension spring bracket from the other end; the floating bracket 111 is provided with a tension spring bracket sleeve, and the tension spring can provide a reverse force to the floating bracket 111, so that the The cleaning assemblies (ie, the sweeping roller 120 and the mopping roller 130) can be pressed against the cleaning surface.
  • the ground pressing block assembly 115 By arranging the ground pressing block assembly 115, the mass of the floating bracket 111 can be significantly reduced, and the binding force of the cleaning assembly and the cleaning surface is not affected.
  • the present disclosure also provides an embodiment to realize placing the base station in a special location in a home, such as a kitchen, a bathroom, a balcony, etc., where there is a faucet and a drain.
  • the base station is still provided with a clean water tank, and a clean water tank inlet and a clean water tank outlet are provided on the clean water tank.
  • a pressure reducing valve and a water inlet solenoid valve are arranged in sequence on the pipeline connecting the inlet of the clean water tank.
  • the inlet of the water inlet solenoid valve corresponds to the opening of the external water inlet pipeline set on the base station, and the external water inlet pipeline opening is set at a suitable position on the base station and is To form the connection with the external water source, of course, only one hole can be provided on the base station, and the inlet of the water inlet solenoid valve passes through the base station and is directly connected to the external water source.
  • the inlet of the fresh water tank is connected to an external water source, such as a city water faucet, through a controllable solenoid valve.
  • the control board of the base station will control the solenoid valve to open and fill the clean water tank with water.
  • the pressure reducing valve is arranged after the water inlet solenoid valve to regulate the water flow into the clean water tank.
  • the pressure reducing valve is not necessary, and the clean water tank can be directly connected through the water inlet solenoid valve. to the faucet.
  • a float ball for detecting the water level In the clean water tank, a float ball for detecting the water level is arranged, and a magnet is arranged on the float ball, and the magnet can correspond to the Hall sensor arranged on the water tank.
  • the Hall sensor senses the magnet, it sends a control signal to the control unit, and when the magnet cannot be sensed by the Hall sensor due to the falling of the floating ball, it also sends a control signal to the control unit.
  • the water inlet solenoid valve and the Hall sensor are both connected to the control unit.
  • the control unit When the control unit receives the signal from the Hall sensor, the control unit gives the water inlet solenoid valve a control command; of course, it can be understood that , the water inlet solenoid valve can also be directly connected with the Hall sensor, the Hall sensor is equivalent to the trigger switch of the water inlet solenoid valve.
  • the water inlet solenoid valve opens and closes based on the signal of the Hall sensor.
  • the Hall sensor is used to send a shutdown signal to the water inlet solenoid valve when the clean water tank is full. At this time, the Hall sensor detects the magnet on the float when the water is full; in the other case , When the water level in the clean water tank drops to a certain height, the Hall sensor sends an opening signal to the water inlet solenoid valve. At this time, the Hall sensor detects the magnet on the float ball in an anhydrous state.
  • the above two situations are respectively used to control the water inlet solenoid valve in the state of full water and no water, so the above two situations can also be combined into the clean water tank, and the corresponding water level and no water level in the clean water tank Set up respectively, a Hall sensor, when the magnet on the float is detected by the Hall sensor with full water level, the water supply of the solenoid valve will stop, and when the magnet on the float is detected by the Hall sensor without water level, it will be turned on Solenoid valve for water supply.
  • a Hall sensor only at the full water level or no water level, and adopt other detection methods at the no water level or the full water level. This detection method can be known from the prior art, and will not be elaborated here. .
  • the clean water tank has an outlet, which is connected to a clean water pump.
  • the clean water pump starts to work, and the clean water in the clean water tank is pumped into the cleaning part for cleaning the cleaning mechanism.
  • a container for accommodating the cleaning agent can be set on the base station.
  • the container can be part of the clean water tank, which is used with the part containing clean water.
  • the partition is separated, and the cleaning agent is poured into the container during use, and of course, it can also be a separate cleaning agent accommodating space.
  • the container for accommodating detergent may be a space for accommodating bottled detergent. In use, the opening of the bottled detergent is opened and put into the accommodating space in an appropriate orientation.
  • an opening is provided at the side or bottom of the accommodating space of the cleaning element, the opening is connected with a cleaning agent pump through a pipeline, and the cleaning agent pump starts to work to draw the cleaning agent out of the accommodating space when needed.
  • a mechanism for mixing clean water and cleaning agent such as a mixing screw, in which clean water and cleaning agent are thoroughly mixed and then flow to the cleaning section through the outlet of the mechanism.
  • this embodiment discloses a drainage pump, preferably a submersible pump.
  • the drainage pump is arranged at the rear of the base station, and has a cleaning tank sewage inlet and an auxiliary water tank sewage inlet corresponding to the above cleaning tank and auxiliary water tank openings, and is also provided with a leak-proof return port to prevent backflow.
  • a water outlet is provided downstream of the water flow of the water discharge pump, which is used to extract and discharge the sewage out of the base station.
  • the impeller of the drainage pump is located below the water surface.
  • the water outlet of the cleaning tank and the auxiliary water tank are connected to the sewage inlet of the drainage pump respectively.
  • the impeller of the drainage pump rotates at a high speed, and the mixture of sewage and sediment is discharged under the action of centrifugal force. Pump.
  • the automatic water supply and automatic drainage of the base station can be completed without the user's active participation, and the fully automated work of the base station is truly realized.
  • the base station is placed where there is no municipal water faucet or no sewer entrance, then only the structure of automatic drainage into the sewer or automatic water supply can be set to adapt to different environments.

Landscapes

  • Cleaning In General (AREA)

Abstract

A base (2) and a cleaning robot system, relating to the technical field of smart home. The base (2) for cleaning a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot (1) comprises a cleaning slot (301), the cleaning slot (301) is used for accommodating at least part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning the at least part of the cleaning mechanism, the cleaning slot (301) comprises a first end and a second end, and the direction of a connecting line between the first end and the second end is substantially parallel to the extension direction of the cleaning mechanism. The cleaning slot (301) for accommodating a cleaning liquid is formed on a base body (300), and thus when the lower part of the cleaning mechanism moves into the cleaning slot (301), the cleaning mechanism is cleaned by using the cleaning liquid in the cleaning slot (301), that is, the cleaning robot (1) can be automatically cleaned in the cleaning slot (301).

Description

基站及清洁机器人系统Base station and cleaning robot system
交叉引用cross reference
本公开要求于2020年12月11日提交的申请号为202011458692.6、名称为“基站及清洁机器人系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,该中国专利申请的全部内容通过引用全部并入本文。The present disclosure claims priority to a Chinese patent application with application number 202011458692.6 and entitled "Base Station and Cleaning Robot System" filed on December 11, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
技术领域technical field
本公开涉及智能家居技术领域,尤其涉及一种基站及清洁机器人系统。The present disclosure relates to the field of smart home technology, and in particular, to a base station and a cleaning robot system.
背景技术Background technique
相关技术中的扫拖一体清洁机器人,包括扫地滚刷和平面拖布,在平面拖布使用完毕后,需要对其进行清洁,现阶段多通过人工清洁,或者直接更换新的平面拖布,使用极其不便。The sweeping and mopping integrated cleaning robot in the related art includes a sweeping roller brush and a flat mop. After the flat mop is used, it needs to be cleaned. At this stage, it is mostly cleaned manually or directly replaced with a new flat mop, which is extremely inconvenient to use.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本公开提供一种基站及清洁机器人系统,用于拖地滚刷的自动清洗。The present disclosure provides a base station and a cleaning robot system for automatic cleaning of a mopping roller brush.
根据本公开的第一个方面,提供了一种用于清洗清洁机器人的清洁机构的基站,基站包括:According to a first aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a base station for cleaning a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot, the base station comprising:
清洗槽,清洗槽用于容纳清洁机构的至少一部分并对清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗,清洗槽包括第一端和第二端,第一端和第二端之间连线的方向大致平行于清洁机构的旋转轴的延伸方向;清洗刮片,延伸设置于所述清洗槽的第一端和第二端之间。The cleaning tank is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism, the cleaning tank includes a first end and a second end, and the direction of the line between the first end and the second end is substantially parallel to the The extension direction of the rotating shaft of the cleaning mechanism; the cleaning blade is extended between the first end and the second end of the cleaning tank.
根据本公开的第二个方面,提供了一种清洁机器人系统,包括:According to a second aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a cleaning robot system, comprising:
清洁机器人,清洁机器人包括清洁机构;Cleaning robots, cleaning robots include cleaning mechanisms;
基站,基站包括清洗槽,清洗槽用于容纳清洁机构的至少一部分并对清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗,清洗槽包括第一端和第二端,第一端和第二端之间连线的方向大致平行于清洁机构的延伸方向。The base station, the base station includes a cleaning tank, the cleaning tank is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism, the cleaning tank includes a first end and a second end, and a line connecting the first end and the second end is used. The direction is substantially parallel to the extension direction of the cleaning mechanism.
根据本公开的第三个方面,提供了一种用于清洗清洁机器人的清洁机构的基站,基站包括:According to a third aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a base station for cleaning a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot, the base station comprising:
清洗槽,清洗槽用于容纳清洁机构的至少一部分并对清洁机构的至少一部分进行清 洗;a cleaning tank for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism;
污水槽,污水槽与清洗槽相连通,污水槽上设置有进液口,由进液口进入污水槽内的清洗液体能够冲击污水槽内的清洗液体。The sewage tank is communicated with the cleaning tank, and the sewage tank is provided with a liquid inlet, and the cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank through the liquid inlet can impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank.
在本公开的一个实施例中,污水槽的侧壁上设置有偏置的至少一个进液口。In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the side wall of the sewage tank is provided with at least one liquid inlet which is offset.
在本公开的一个实施例中,基站还包括:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station further includes:
第一泵体,第一泵体与进液口相连通,第一泵体用于向进液口内送入清洗液体,进液口在污水槽内向偏置于槽壁和/或槽底的方向设置。The first pump body, the first pump body is communicated with the liquid inlet, the first pump body is used for feeding the cleaning liquid into the liquid inlet, and the liquid inlet is offset from the tank wall and/or the bottom of the tank in the sewage tank. Orientation settings.
在本公开的一个实施例中,基站还包括:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station further includes:
第一泵体,第一泵体与清洗槽上设置的进液口连通,为清洗清洁机构或清洗槽的自清洁过程输送清洗液体。The first pump body communicates with the liquid inlet provided on the cleaning tank, and supplies cleaning liquid for the cleaning mechanism or the self-cleaning process of the cleaning tank.
在本公开的一个实施例中,基站还包括:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station further includes:
第二泵体,第二泵体与抽液口连通,用于将污水槽内的清洗液体排出。The second pump body communicates with the liquid suction port for discharging the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank.
在本公开的一个实施例中,至少一个进液口的进水方向偏置于槽壁和/或槽底的方向布置。In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the water inlet direction of the at least one liquid inlet is arranged offset from the direction of the tank wall and/or the tank bottom.
在本公开的一个实施例中,清洗槽上的进液口为多个,且分布设置于清洗槽的多个位置,在启动自清洁过程时,能够冲刷清洗槽底壁及侧壁。In one embodiment of the present disclosure, there are multiple liquid inlets on the cleaning tank, and they are distributed in multiple positions of the cleaning tank, and when the self-cleaning process is started, the bottom wall and the side wall of the cleaning tank can be flushed.
根据本公开的第四个方面,提供了一种清洁机器人系统,包括:According to a fourth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a cleaning robot system, comprising:
清洁机器人,清洁机器人包括清洁机构;Cleaning robots, cleaning robots include cleaning mechanisms;
基站,基站包括清洗槽和污水槽,清洗槽用于容纳清洁机构的至少一部分并对清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗,污水槽与清洗槽相连通,污水槽上设置有进液口,由进液口进入污水槽内的清洗液体能够冲击污水槽内的清洗液体。The base station includes a cleaning tank and a sewage tank. The cleaning tank is used to accommodate at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and clean at least a part of the cleaning mechanism. The sewage tank is communicated with the cleaning tank. The cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank can impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank.
根据本公开的第五个方面,提供了一种用于烘干清洁机器人的清洁机构的基站,基站包括:According to a fifth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a base station for drying a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot, the base station comprising:
干燥机构,干燥机构用于烘干清洁机构;Drying mechanism, drying mechanism is used for drying and cleaning mechanism;
清洗槽,清洗槽用于容纳清洁机构的至少一部分并对清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗;a cleaning tank, which is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism;
导向底面,其从基站的入口延伸至清洗槽,以供机器人进入基站;Guide bottom surface, which extends from the entrance of the base station to the cleaning tank for the robot to enter the base station;
干燥机构对清洁机构的作用点与清洗槽分别设置于导向底面的两端。The action point of the drying mechanism on the cleaning mechanism and the cleaning tank are respectively arranged at both ends of the guiding bottom surface.
在本公开的一个实施例中,导向底面上设置有至少一个通孔,干燥机构通过通孔烘干清洁机构。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, at least one through hole is provided on the guiding bottom surface, and the drying mechanism dries the cleaning mechanism through the through hole.
在本公开的一个实施例中,干燥机构为排风扇。In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the drying mechanism is an exhaust fan.
在本公开的一个实施例中,干燥机构为设置于导向底面上的加热装置,加热装置沿导向底面横向设置,且具有与清洁机构大致相当的长度。In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the drying mechanism is a heating device disposed on the bottom surface of the guide, the heating device is laterally disposed along the bottom surface of the guide, and has a length approximately equal to that of the cleaning mechanism.
在本公开的一个实施例中,基站还包括:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station further includes:
第一充电接触极片,第一充电接触极片用于与清洁机器人的第二充电接触极片电连接。The first charging contact pole piece is used for electrical connection with the second charging contact pole piece of the cleaning robot.
在本公开的一个实施例中,基站还包括导向侧面,第一充电接触极片设置在导向侧面上;In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station further includes a guide side surface, and the first charging contact pole piece is arranged on the guide side surface;
其中,第一充电接触极片位于清洗槽的上方。Wherein, the first charging contact pole piece is located above the cleaning tank.
根据本公开的第六个方面,提供了一种清洁机器人系统,包括:According to a sixth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a cleaning robot system, comprising:
清洁机器人,清洁机器人包括清洁机构;Cleaning robots, cleaning robots include cleaning mechanisms;
基站,包括base station, including
干燥机构,干燥机构用于烘干清洁机构;Drying mechanism, drying mechanism is used for drying and cleaning mechanism;
清洗槽,清洗槽用于容纳清洁机构的至少一部分并对清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗;a cleaning tank, which is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism;
导向底面,其从基站的入口延伸至清洗槽,以供机器人进入基站;Guide bottom surface, which extends from the entrance of the base station to the cleaning tank for the robot to enter the base station;
且,干燥机构对清洁机构的作用点与清洗槽分别设置于导向底面的两端。In addition, the action point of the drying mechanism on the cleaning mechanism and the cleaning tank are respectively arranged at both ends of the guiding bottom surface.
在本公开的一个实施例中,清洁机器人以第一端进入到基站的内部,进行清洁机构的清洗;清洁机器人以与第一端相对的第二端进入到基站的内部,从而进行清洁机构的干燥。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the cleaning robot enters the interior of the base station with a first end to clean the cleaning mechanism; the cleaning robot enters the interior of the base station with a second end opposite to the first end, so as to clean the cleaning mechanism dry.
根据本公开的第七个方面,提供了一种清洁机器人系统,包括:According to a seventh aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a cleaning robot system, comprising:
清洁机器人,清洁机器人包括清洁机构;Cleaning robots, cleaning robots include cleaning mechanisms;
基站,基站包括清洗槽和污水槽,清洗槽用于容纳清洁机构的至少一部分并对清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗,污水槽与清洗槽相连通,污水槽上设置有进液口,由进液口进入污水槽内的清洗液体能够冲击污水槽内的清洗液体。The base station includes a cleaning tank and a sewage tank. The cleaning tank is used to accommodate at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and clean at least a part of the cleaning mechanism. The sewage tank is communicated with the cleaning tank. The cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank can impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank.
根据本公开的第八个方面,提供了一种清洁机器人系统,包括:According to an eighth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a cleaning robot system, comprising:
清洁机器人,清洁机器人包括清洁机构;Cleaning robots, cleaning robots include cleaning mechanisms;
基站,基站包括干燥机构,干燥机构用于烘干清洁机构。A base station, the base station includes a drying mechanism, and the drying mechanism is used for drying and cleaning the mechanism.
本公开的基站,通过在基站主体上设置有用于容纳清洗液体的清洗槽,从而在清洁机构的下部移动至清洗槽内时,利用清洗槽内的清洗液体清洗清洁机构,即清洁机器人能够在清洗槽内实现自动清洗。In the base station of the present disclosure, a cleaning tank for accommodating cleaning liquid is provided on the main body of the base station, so that when the lower part of the cleaning mechanism moves into the cleaning tank, the cleaning mechanism can be cleaned with the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank, that is, the cleaning robot can clean the cleaning mechanism. Automatic cleaning in the tank.
附图说明Description of drawings
通过结合附图考虑以下对本公开的优选实施方式的详细说明,本公开的各种目标,特征和优点将变得更加显而易见。附图仅为本公开的示范性图解,并非一定是按比例绘制。在附图中,同样的附图标记始终表示相同或类似的部件。其中:Various objects, features and advantages of the present disclosure will become more apparent from consideration of the following detailed description of preferred embodiments of the present disclosure, taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the present disclosure and are not necessarily drawn to scale. Throughout the drawings, the same reference numbers refer to the same or like parts. in:
图1是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人系统的第一个视角的清洗结构示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning structure from a first perspective of a cleaning robot system according to an exemplary embodiment;
图2是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人系统的第二个视角的清洗结构示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning structure from a second perspective of a cleaning robot system according to an exemplary embodiment;
图3是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人系统的清洗结构剖面示意图;3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning structure of a cleaning robot system according to an exemplary embodiment;
图4是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人系统的第一个视角的充电结构示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a charging structure from a first perspective of a cleaning robot system according to an exemplary embodiment;
图5是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人系统的第二个视角的充电结构示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of a charging structure from a second perspective of a cleaning robot system according to an exemplary embodiment;
图6是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种基站的分解结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment;
图7是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种基站的第一个视角的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station from a first perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图8是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种基站的第二个视角的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station from a second perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图9是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种基站的第一个内部结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a first schematic diagram of the internal structure of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment;
图10是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种基站的第二个内部结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a second schematic diagram of the internal structure of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment;
图11是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种基站的第三个内部结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a third schematic diagram of the internal structure of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment;
图12是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种基站的局部结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic partial structure diagram of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment;
图13是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种基站的液位检测组件的一个状态结构示意图;13 is a schematic structural diagram of a state of a liquid level detection component of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment;
图14是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种基站的液位检测组件的另一个状态结构示意图;Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram showing another state structure of a liquid level detection component of a base station according to an exemplary embodiment;
图15是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的分解结构示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment;
图16是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的第一个视角的结构示意图;16 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a first perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图17是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的第二个视角的结构示意图;17 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a second perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图18是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的第三个视角的结构示意图;18 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a third perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图19是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的第四个视角的结构示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a fourth perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图20是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的第五个视角的结构示意图;20 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a fifth perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图21是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的第六个视角的结构示意图;21 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning robot from a sixth perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图22是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的内部结构示意图;22 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment;
图23是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的第一清洁件处于工作位置的结构示意图;Fig. 23 is a schematic structural diagram showing a first cleaning member of a cleaning robot in a working position according to an exemplary embodiment;
图24是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的第二清洁件处于工作位置的结构示意图;Fig. 24 is a schematic structural diagram showing a second cleaning member of a cleaning robot in a working position according to an exemplary embodiment;
图25A是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的扫拖模组的第一个分解结构示意图;Fig. 25A is a first exploded schematic diagram of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment;
图25B是根据另一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的扫拖模组的分解结构示意图;Fig. 25B is a schematic exploded structural diagram of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot according to another exemplary embodiment;
图25C是根据另一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的扫拖模组的剖面结构示意图;25C is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot according to another exemplary embodiment;
图26是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的扫拖模组的第二个分解结构示意图;Figure 26 is a second exploded schematic diagram of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment;
图27是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的扫拖模组的第一个视角的结构示意图;FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot from a first perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图28是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的扫拖模组的第二个视角的结构示意图;FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram from a second perspective of a mopping and mopping module of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment;
图29是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种扫拖模组的扫地滚刷处于工位位置的结构示意图;Figure 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a sweeping roller brush of a mopping and mopping module in a station position according to an exemplary embodiment;
图30是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的扫拖模组的拖地滚刷处于工位位置的结构示意图;Figure 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a mopping roller brush of a sweeping and mopping module of a cleaning robot in a station position according to an exemplary embodiment;
图31是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的位置调节机构的第一个视角的结构示意图;Fig. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot from a first perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图32是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的位置调节机构的第二个视角的结构示意图;32 is a schematic structural diagram of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot from a second perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图33是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的位置调节机构的第三个视角的结构示意图;Fig. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot from a third perspective according to an exemplary embodiment;
图34是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的位置调节机构的分解结构示 意图;Figure 34 is an exploded schematic diagram of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot according to an exemplary embodiment;
图35是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的位置调节机构的浮动件与转盘相分离的结构示意图;Fig. 35 is a schematic structural diagram showing that the floating member of the position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot is separated from the turntable according to an exemplary embodiment;
图36是根据一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的位置调节机构的浮动件与转盘相连接的结构示意图;Fig. 36 is a schematic structural diagram showing that a floating member of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot is connected to a turntable according to an exemplary embodiment;
图37A是根据另一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的位置调节机构的第一个视角的结构示意图;Fig. 37A is a schematic structural diagram of a first perspective view of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot according to another exemplary embodiment;
图37B是根据另一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的位置调节机构的第二个视角的结构示意图;37B is a schematic structural diagram of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot from a second perspective according to another exemplary embodiment;
图37C是根据另一示例性实施方式示出的一种清洁机器人的位置调节机构的第三个视角的结构示意图。Fig. 37C is a schematic structural diagram from a third perspective of a position adjustment mechanism of a cleaning robot according to another exemplary embodiment.
附图标记说明如下:The reference numerals are explained as follows:
1、清洁机器人;2、基站;1. Cleaning robot; 2. Base station;
300、基站主体;301、清洗槽;3011、抽液口;3012、进液口;302、清洗刮片;3021、连接板;303、凸起;304、导水槽;3041、导板;305、副水槽;3051、出液口;306、密封条;307、通孔;308、导向底面;3081、防滑凸起;309、导向侧面;310、液位检测组件;311、信号发射部;312、支撑部;313、连杆;314、第一浮动部;315、遮挡部;316、第一过滤部;320、第一泵体;321、第一水箱;330、第二泵体;331、第二水箱;340、第二浮动部;341、第二过滤部;350、干燥机构;360、第一充电接触极片;361、导向轮;362、导向顶面;363、第一压块;364、第二压块;370、通讯模块;371、第一霍尔模块;372、第二霍尔模块;373、切换检测凹槽;374、减速检测凹槽;380、污水槽;300, base station main body; 301, cleaning tank; 3011, liquid suction port; 3012, liquid inlet; 302, cleaning blade; 3021, connecting plate; 303, protrusion; 304, water guide tank; 3041, guide plate; 305, auxiliary Water tank; 3051, liquid outlet; 306, sealing strip; 307, through hole; 308, guide bottom surface; 3081, anti-skid protrusion; 309, guide side; 310, liquid level detection component; 311, signal transmitter; 312, support 313, connecting rod; 314, the first floating part; 315, the shielding part; 316, the first filter part; 320, the first pump body; 321, the first water tank; 330, the second pump body; 331, the second water tank; 340, the second floating part; 341, the second filter part; 350, the drying mechanism; 360, the first charging contact pole piece; 361, the guide wheel; 362, the guide top surface; 363, the first pressing block; 364, 370, communication module; 371, first hall module; 372, second hall module; 373, switching detection groove; 374, deceleration detection groove; 380, sewage tank;
200、本体;201、底盘;202、侧板;203、前撞组件;2031、防护传感器;204、顶盖;205、行走轮组件;206、万向轮;208、电池盖板;210、充电接触极片;220、红外通信模块;221、地毯识别模组;222、沿墙传感器;223、激光测距传感器;200, body; 201, chassis; 202, side panel; 203, front crash assembly; 2031, protective sensor; 204, top cover; 205, travel wheel assembly; 206, universal wheel; 208, battery cover; 210, charging Contact pole piece; 220, infrared communication module; 221, carpet identification module; 222, along the wall sensor; 223, laser ranging sensor;
100、固定支架;111、浮动支架;112、盖板件;1121、防卷齿;1122、刮条;113、第一容纳腔;114、第二容纳腔;115、着地压块组件;116、缓冲垫;110、转动组件;120、扫地滚刷;130、拖地滚刷;140、位置调节机构;150、边刷组件;151、边刷撸毛机构;160、吸尘通道;161、动力部件;162、灰尘盒;100, fixed bracket; 111, floating bracket; 112, cover plate; 1121, anti-roll tooth; 1122, scraper; 113, first accommodating cavity; 114, second accommodating cavity; 115, grounding pressure block assembly; Buffer pad; 110, rotating assembly; 120, sweeping roller brush; 130, mopping roller brush; 140, position adjustment mechanism; 150, side brush assembly; 151, side brush brushing mechanism; 160, dust suction channel; 161, power Parts; 162, dust box;
10、连接轴;20、转盘;21、第一凸起部;22、第三动力源;23、驱动齿轮;30、浮动件;31、第二凸起部;32、第一斜齿轮段;33、输出齿轮段;40、连杆轴;50、转接件; 60、第二驱动组件;61、第一传动齿轮;611、第二斜齿轮段;612、传动齿轮段;62、第二传动齿轮;63、动力源;64、第一输出齿轮;65、第二输出齿轮;66、第三输出齿轮;67、第四输出齿轮;70、挡杆;71、缺口;72、感应器;80、第一驱动组件;81、第一齿轮;82、第二齿轮;83、第三齿轮;84、第四齿轮;841、外花键;85、第二动力源;90、壳体件;91、第一段;92、第二段;93、输出套;94、第一密封件;95、第二密封件;96、轴承。10, connecting shaft; 20, turntable; 21, first convex part; 22, third power source; 23, driving gear; 30, floating part; 31, second convex part; 32, first helical gear segment; 33, output gear segment; 40, connecting rod shaft; 50, adapter; 60, second drive assembly; 61, first transmission gear; 611, second helical gear segment; 612, transmission gear segment; 62, second Transmission gear; 63, power source; 64, first output gear; 65, second output gear; 66, third output gear; 67, fourth output gear; 70, stop lever; 71, notch; 72, sensor; 80, the first drive assembly; 81, the first gear; 82, the second gear; 83, the third gear; 84, the fourth gear; 841, the external spline; 85, the second power source; 90, the housing part; 91, the first section; 92, the second section; 93, the output sleeve; 94, the first seal; 95, the second seal; 96, the bearing.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
体现本公开特征与优点的典型实施例将在以下的说明中详细叙述。应理解的是本公开能够在不同的实施例上具有各种的变化,其皆不脱离本公开的范围,且其中的说明及附图在本质上是作说明之用,而非用以限制本公开。Exemplary embodiments that embody the features and advantages of the present disclosure will be described in detail in the following description. It should be understood that the present disclosure can have various changes in different embodiments without departing from the scope of the present disclosure, and the descriptions and drawings therein are for illustrative purposes only, rather than for limiting the present disclosure. public.
在对本公开的不同示例性实施方式的下面描述中,参照附图进行,附图形成本公开的一部分,并且其中以示例方式显示了可实现本公开的多个方面的不同示例性结构,系统和步骤。应理解的是,可以使用部件,结构,示例性装置,系统和步骤的其他特定方案,并且可在不偏离本公开范围的情况下进行结构和功能性修改。而且,虽然本说明书中可使用术语“之上”,“之间”,“之内”等来描述本公开的不同示例性特征和元件,但是这些术语用于本文中仅出于方便,例如根据附图中的示例的方向。本说明书中的任何内容都不应理解为需要结构的特定三维方向才落入本公开的范围内。In the following description of various exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, which form a part hereof, and in which are shown by way of example various exemplary structures, systems and steps in which various aspects of the present disclosure may be implemented . It is to be understood that other specific arrangements of components, structures, exemplary devices, systems and steps may be utilized and structural and functional modifications may be made without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. Furthermore, although the terms "on," "between," "within," etc. may be used in this specification to describe various exemplary features and elements of the present disclosure, these terms are used herein for convenience only, such as according to The orientation of the examples in the drawings. Nothing in this specification should be construed as requiring a specific three-dimensional orientation of a structure to fall within the scope of this disclosure.
本公开的一个实施例的清洁机器人系统,请参考图1至图36,清洁机器人系统包括清洁机器人1和基站2。For a cleaning robot system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, please refer to FIG. 1 to FIG. 36 , the cleaning robot system includes a cleaning robot 1 and a base station 2 .
清洁机器人1包括本体200和清洁机构。The cleaning robot 1 includes a body 200 and a cleaning mechanism.
清洁机构包括扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130中的至少一个。The cleaning mechanism includes at least one of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 .
拖地滚刷130可转动地设置在本体200上。基站2包括基站主体300,基站主体300上设置有用于容纳清洗液体的清洗槽301。拖地滚刷130在清洗槽301内进行清洗。The mopping roller brush 130 is rotatably disposed on the body 200 . The base station 2 includes a base station main body 300 , and a cleaning tank 301 for accommodating cleaning liquid is provided on the base station main body 300 . The mopping roller brush 130 is cleaned in the cleaning tank 301 .
基站主体300上设置有第一充电接触极片360,本体200上设置有第二充电接触极片210,第一充电接触极片360用于与第二充电接触极片210电连接,以使基站2对清洁机器人1进行充电。可以理解的是,以上所描述的第一充电接触极片360是一个概括性的描述,在实际中,该第一充电接触极片360可以是弹片形式、滚轮形式等。以上弹片形式、滚轮形式可以以不同的方式装配入基站主体300,比如可以依靠弹片本身的弹性相对基站主体300可偏移、也可以另设偏置部件如弹簧或扭簧等实现相对基站主体300的偏移、也 可以通过弹性偏置和复位件达到滚轮相对基站主体300的偏移和复位。The base station main body 300 is provided with a first charging contact pole piece 360, and the main body 200 is provided with a second charging contact pole piece 210. The first charging contact pole piece 360 is used for electrical connection with the second charging contact pole piece 210, so that the base station 2 Charge the cleaning robot 1. It can be understood that, the first charging contact pole piece 360 described above is a general description, and in practice, the first charging contact pole piece 360 may be in the form of an elastic piece, a roller, or the like. The above shrapnel form and roller form can be assembled into the base station main body 300 in different ways. For example, it can be offset relative to the base station main body 300 by virtue of the elasticity of the shrapnel itself, or a biasing component such as a spring or a torsion spring can be provided to realize the relative base station main body 300. The offset and reset of the roller relative to the base station main body 300 can also be achieved by the elastic bias and reset member.
在一个实施例中,清洁机器人1需要移动至基站2上,以进行后续的清洗或充电。In one embodiment, the cleaning robot 1 needs to move to the base station 2 for subsequent cleaning or charging.
具体的,清洁机器人1可以沿基站2移动,即清洁机器人1可以进行上桩运动,上桩运动可以理解为当清洁机器人1与基站2之间的距离小于一定阈值时,例如,清洁机器人1已抵达基站2附近,清洁机器人1会较为明显地向一个方向运动。而上桩运动的前进方向可以理解为:为了使得拖地滚刷130在清洗槽301内进行清洗,或者第一充电接触极片360与第二充电接触极片210相接触,清洁机器人1由第一位置点移动到第二位置点,由第一位置点指向第二位置点的方向即为上桩运动的前进方向。Specifically, the cleaning robot 1 can move along the base station 2, that is, the cleaning robot 1 can perform the pile-up movement, and the pile-up movement can be understood as when the distance between the cleaning robot 1 and the base station 2 is less than a certain threshold, for example, the cleaning robot 1 has When reaching the vicinity of the base station 2, the cleaning robot 1 will obviously move in one direction. The forward direction of the pile-up movement can be understood as: in order to make the mopping roller brush 130 clean in the cleaning tank 301, or the first charging contact pole piece 360 and the second charging contact pole piece 210 to contact, the cleaning robot 1 is moved by the first charging contact pole piece 210. When a position point moves to the second position point, the direction from the first position point to the second position point is the forward direction of the pile-up movement.
在一个实施例中,清洁机器人1带动拖地滚刷130的下部移动至清洗槽301内后,转动拖地滚刷130以利用清洗槽301内的清洗液体清洗拖地滚刷130。In one embodiment, after the cleaning robot 1 drives the lower portion of the mopping roller brush 130 to move into the cleaning tank 301 , the cleaning robot 1 rotates the mopping roller brush 130 to clean the mopping roller brush 130 with the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 .
具体的,拖地滚刷130的下部移动至清洗槽301内,即拖地滚刷130中心线下方的一部分浸没于清洗槽301的液体内,并在拖地滚刷130以其中心线为轴进行转动的过程中,拖地滚刷130的周向表面循环进行搅动清洗,直至清洗完成。Specifically, the lower part of the mopping roller brush 130 moves into the cleaning tank 301 , that is, a part below the center line of the mopping roller brush 130 is immersed in the liquid in the cleaning tank 301 , and the center line of the mopping roller brush 130 is used as the axis. During the rotation, the circumferential surface of the mopping roller brush 130 is circulated for agitation and cleaning until the cleaning is completed.
需要说明的是,清洗槽301的长度延伸方向与拖地滚刷130的长度延伸方向基本相一致,从而能够使得拖地滚刷130的一部分可浸没于清洗槽301的液体内,在拖地滚刷130转动过程中可以完成清洗,拖地滚刷130的中心线大致平行于清洗槽301的长度延伸方向。以上描述的清洗槽301的长度延伸方向是指清洗槽301底部的延伸方向。It should be noted that the lengthwise extending direction of the cleaning tank 301 is substantially the same as the lengthwise extending direction of the mopping roller brush 130, so that a part of the mopping roller brush 130 can be immersed in the liquid of the cleaning tank 301, and the mopping roller can Cleaning can be completed during the rotation of the brush 130 , and the center line of the mopping roller brush 130 is substantially parallel to the lengthwise extending direction of the cleaning tank 301 . The lengthwise extending direction of the cleaning tank 301 described above refers to the extending direction of the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 .
本公开一个实施例的用于清洗清洁机器人的清洁机构的基站,基站包括:清洗槽301,清洗槽301用于容纳清洁机构的至少一部分并对清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗,清洗槽301包括第一端和第二端,第一端和第二端之间连线的方向大致平行于清洁机构的延伸方向。A base station for cleaning a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station includes: a cleaning tank 301, the cleaning tank 301 is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism, and the cleaning tank 301 includes a first One end and the second end, and the direction of the connecting line between the first end and the second end is substantially parallel to the extending direction of the cleaning mechanism.
通过在基站主体300上设置有用于容纳清洗液体的清洗槽301,从而在拖地滚刷130的下部移动至清洗槽301内时,转动拖地滚刷130以利用清洗槽301内的清洗液体清洗拖地滚刷130,即清洁机器人1能够在清洗槽301内实现自动清洗。为了便于清洗槽301内的清洗液能顺利通过清洗槽301的一端流向另一端的第一过滤部316,清洗槽301的槽底可以较小的角度倾斜并适宜清洗液体在重力作用下自主地从一端流向另一端而无需借助于外部作用,例如在另一端的泵的抽吸作用或倾斜基站主体300等。这样形成了清洗槽301槽底与清洗槽301顶部平面的不平行关系,清洗槽301顶部平面和侧壁与拖地滚刷130中心轴线基本平行。Since the base station main body 300 is provided with a cleaning tank 301 for accommodating cleaning liquid, when the lower part of the mopping roller brush 130 moves into the cleaning tank 301 , the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated to clean with the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 The mopping roller brush 130 , that is, the cleaning robot 1 can realize automatic cleaning in the cleaning tank 301 . In order to facilitate the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 to flow smoothly through one end of the cleaning tank 301 to the first filter part 316 at the other end, the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 can be inclined at a small angle and is suitable for the cleaning liquid to autonomously flow from the cleaning tank 301 under the action of gravity. One end flows to the other end without resorting to external action, such as the suction action of a pump at the other end or tilting the base station body 300 or the like. In this way, a non-parallel relationship between the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 and the top plane of the cleaning tank 301 is formed, and the top plane and side walls of the cleaning tank 301 are substantially parallel to the central axis of the mopping roller brush 130 .
第一端和第二端可以理解为清洗槽301槽底沿长度方向的左右两端,第一端和第二端 之间连线的方向大致平行于清洁机构的延伸方向,即清洗槽301的长度延伸方向与拖地滚刷130的长度延伸方向基本一致,实际使用时不排除二者之间出现一定的夹角,夹角范围可以是0度到15度之间,进一步地,夹角范围可以是0度到10度之间。The first end and the second end can be understood as the left and right ends of the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 along the length direction. The length extension direction is basically the same as the length extension direction of the mopping roller brush 130. In actual use, a certain angle between the two is not excluded. The angle range can be between 0 degrees and 15 degrees. Further, the angle range Can be between 0 and 10 degrees.
为了便于清洗槽301内的清洗液能顺利通过清洗槽301的一端流向另一端的第一过滤部316,清洗槽301的槽底可以较小的角度倾斜并适宜清洗液在重力作用下自主地从一端流向另一端而无需借助于外部作用,例如在另一端的泵的抽吸作用或倾斜基站主体300等。这样形成了清洗槽301槽底与清洗槽301顶部的不平行关系,清洗槽301顶部与拖地滚刷130中心轴线基本平行,以致设置于清洗槽301槽底部或侧壁的清洗刮片302能有效清洗拖地滚刷130。In order to facilitate the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 to smoothly flow through one end of the cleaning tank 301 to the first filter part 316 at the other end, the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 can be inclined at a small angle and is suitable for the cleaning liquid to autonomously flow from the cleaning tank 301 under the action of gravity. One end flows to the other end without resorting to external action, such as the suction action of a pump at the other end or tilting the base station body 300 or the like. In this way, the non-parallel relationship between the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 and the top of the cleaning tank 301 is formed, and the top of the cleaning tank 301 is substantially parallel to the central axis of the mopping roller brush 130, so that the cleaning blades 302 disposed on the bottom or sidewall of the cleaning tank 301 can Effectively clean the mopping roller brush 130.
需要说明的是,清洁机构可以是扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130中的至少一个,即扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130均可以通过清洗槽301进行清洗。在一个实施例中,第一端和第二端相对于清洗槽301的中心在对称的方向上分布。It should be noted that the cleaning mechanism may be at least one of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 , that is, both the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 can be cleaned through the cleaning tank 301 . In one embodiment, the first end and the second end are distributed in symmetrical directions with respect to the center of the cleaning tank 301 .
可选的,拖地滚刷130可以包括拖布和主体结构,拖布缠绕在主体结构上,拖布可拆卸地设置在主体结构上,从而在拖布很脏且无法再清洗干净时,可以撕掉,以更换新的拖布。在某些实施例中,不排除拖布可以为多层,即撕掉一层后可以使用另外一层。对于平板形拖布,也可以是多层拖布堆叠粘贴设置,用掉一层撕掉一层。Optionally, the mopping roller brush 130 may include a mopping cloth and a main body structure, the mopping cloth is wrapped around the main body structure, and the mopping cloth is detachably arranged on the main body structure, so that when the mopping cloth is very dirty and can no longer be cleaned, it can be torn off to remove it. Replace with a new mop. In some embodiments, it is not excluded that the mop can be multi-layered, that is, after tearing off one layer, another layer can be used. For a flat mop, it can also be a multi-layer mop stacking and pasting setting, use one layer to tear off the other.
可选的,拖地滚刷130可以包括蓄水层,蓄水层用于保存一定量的水分,蓄水层可以为一层或者多层,该蓄水层围绕拖地滚刷的内芯设置,根据其他部件的设置方式,可以采用整体圆筒型或部分圆筒型绕内芯固定。在某些实施例中,拖地滚刷130也可以包括一个圆筒型水箱,将圆筒型水箱包裹在拖地滚刷内芯上,拖布包裹圆筒型水箱,在圆筒型水箱上设置有进水口,进水口可以与外部供水结构相连通,以通过外部供水结构向圆筒型水箱供水。并且圆筒型水箱上还均布有一定数量的渗水口,用于向拖布渗水,渗水口可以直接是在水箱外周开设的小孔,也可以在水箱外壁内侧形成一定结构的渗水通路连通渗水口形成,以上设置的目的只要达到能够均布施水即可,具体形式不作限定。Optionally, the mopping roller brush 130 may include an aquifer, the aquifer is used to store a certain amount of moisture, the aquifer may be one or more layers, and the aquifer is arranged around the inner core of the mopping roller brush. , according to the arrangement of other components, it can be fixed around the inner core by using a whole cylindrical type or a partial cylinder type. In some embodiments, the mopping roller brush 130 may also include a cylindrical water tank, the cylindrical water tank is wrapped on the inner core of the mopping roller brush, the mopping cloth wraps the cylindrical water tank, and the cylindrical water tank is arranged on the cylindrical water tank There is a water inlet, and the water inlet can be communicated with the external water supply structure to supply water to the cylindrical water tank through the external water supply structure. In addition, there are a certain number of water seepage ports evenly distributed on the cylindrical water tank, which are used for water seepage to the mop. The water seepage holes can be directly opened on the outer periphery of the water tank, or a certain structure of water seepage passages can be formed on the inner side of the water tank outer wall to connect the water seepage holes. The purpose of the above setting is to achieve the uniform distribution of water, and the specific form is not limited.
可选的,拖地滚刷130可以包括加热机构,加热机构可以是沿拖地滚刷轴向的加热条、加热片等,以实现对拖地滚刷的烘干,可以通过热阻加热或超声雾化除水的形式。进一步的,清洁机器人1在基站2上清洗完毕后,加热机构可以实现对拖地滚刷的烘干。在某些实施例中,加热机构也可以是设置在底盘201上。在某些实施例中,拖地滚刷130和底盘201上可以均设置有加热机构。在某些实施例中,基站2上也可以设置有烘干系统,如干燥机构350,从而实现对拖地滚刷的烘干。Optionally, the mopping roller brush 130 may include a heating mechanism, and the heating mechanism may be a heating strip, a heating plate, etc. along the axial direction of the mopping roller brush, so as to realize the drying of the mopping roller brush, which can be heated by thermal resistance or Ultrasonic atomization in the form of water removal. Further, after the cleaning robot 1 finishes cleaning on the base station 2, the heating mechanism can dry the mopping roller brush. In some embodiments, the heating mechanism may also be provided on the chassis 201 . In some embodiments, a heating mechanism may be provided on both the mopping roller brush 130 and the chassis 201 . In some embodiments, a drying system, such as a drying mechanism 350, may also be provided on the base station 2, so as to dry the mopping roller brush.
需要说明的是,对于拖地滚刷130的烘干可以是在清洁机器人1在基站2上进行充电时完成,当然,也可以是在其他状态下进行,此处不作限定。It should be noted that, the drying of the mopping roller brush 130 may be completed when the cleaning robot 1 is charging on the base station 2, and of course, may also be performed in other states, which is not limited here.
在一个实施例中,用于清洗清洁机构的清洗液体通过第一端流入清洗槽301,并且清洗液体通过第二端流出清洗槽301。或者,用于清洗清洁机构的清洗液体通过第一端和第二端之间的位置流入清洗槽301,此处不作限定,可以根据实际需求进行选择。In one embodiment, the cleaning liquid for cleaning the cleaning mechanism flows into the cleaning tank 301 through the first end, and the cleaning liquid flows out of the cleaning tank 301 through the second end. Alternatively, the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the cleaning mechanism flows into the cleaning tank 301 through the position between the first end and the second end, which is not limited here and can be selected according to actual needs.
在一个实施例中,用于清洗清洁机构的清洗液体通过第二端流出清洗槽301,基站还包括第一过滤部316,第二端靠近第一过滤部316设置,即由第二端流出的清洗液体通过第一过滤部316进行过滤。In one embodiment, the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the cleaning mechanism flows out of the cleaning tank 301 through the second end, and the base station further includes a first filter part 316, and the second end is disposed close to the first filter part 316, that is, the liquid flowing out from the second end The cleaning liquid is filtered through the first filter part 316 .
在一个实施例中,如图6至图8所示,清洗槽301内设置有清洗刮片302,清洗刮片302用于挤压拖地滚刷130,从而在拖地滚刷130转动清洗过程中,能够将拖地滚刷130的杂物及时清除。由于拖地滚刷130沿清洗槽301的长度方向被整体清洁,清洗刮片302也基本上在清洗槽301内延伸整个拖地滚刷130的长度,亦即在清洗槽301的第一端和第二端之间设置大体上平行于拖地滚刷130旋转轴线的一根或多根清洗刮片302,以当拖地滚刷130到位后可通过其主动旋转使得清洗刮片302与拖地滚刷130干涉从而实现清洁。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 6 to 8 , a cleaning blade 302 is provided in the cleaning tank 301 , and the cleaning blade 302 is used to squeeze the mopping roller brush 130 , so as to rotate the mopping roller brush 130 during the cleaning process In the middle, the sundries on the mopping roller brush 130 can be removed in time. Since the mopping roller brush 130 is completely cleaned along the length direction of the cleaning tank 301 , the cleaning blade 302 also extends substantially the entire length of the mopping roller brush 130 in the cleaning tank 301 , that is, between the first end and the cleaning tank 301 . One or more cleaning blades 302 that are substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the mopping roller brush 130 are disposed between the second ends, so that when the mopping roller brush 130 is in place, the cleaning blades 302 and the mopping roller can be actively rotated by the cleaning blade 302 The roller brush 130 interferes to achieve cleaning.
在一个实施例中,如图7所示,清洗刮片302包括多个凸起303,多个凸起303间隔设置,从而能够通过凸起303挤压拖地滚刷130,且能够保证相邻两个凸起303之间能够形成间隙,以此允许拖地滚刷130部分变形。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7 , the cleaning blade 302 includes a plurality of protrusions 303 , and the plurality of protrusions 303 are arranged at intervals, so that the mopping roller brush 130 can be squeezed by the protrusions 303 and the adjacent protrusions 303 can be ensured. A gap can be formed between the two protrusions 303, thereby allowing the mopping roller brush 130 to be partially deformed.
在一个实施例中,如图6所示,清洗刮片302还包括连接板3021,连接板3021设置在清洗槽301的侧壁或底壁上,且沿清洗槽301的延伸方向延伸;其中,多个凸起303间隔地设置在连接板3021上。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 6 , the cleaning blade 302 further includes a connecting plate 3021, and the connecting plate 3021 is disposed on the side wall or bottom wall of the cleaning tank 301 and extends along the extending direction of the cleaning tank 301; wherein, A plurality of protrusions 303 are provided on the connecting plate 3021 at intervals.
具体的,多个凸起303与连接板3021为一体结构,从而能够方便地安装于清洗槽301内,且连接板3021可拆卸地安装于清洗槽301内,以此方便清洗与更换。Specifically, the plurality of protrusions 303 and the connecting plate 3021 are integrally formed, so that they can be easily installed in the cleaning tank 301, and the connecting plate 3021 is detachably installed in the cleaning tank 301, so as to facilitate cleaning and replacement.
在一个实施例中,连接板3021可以与清洗槽301固定连接,即连接板3021相对于清洗槽301不可拆卸。In one embodiment, the connecting plate 3021 can be fixedly connected with the cleaning tank 301 , that is, the connecting plate 3021 is not detachable relative to the cleaning tank 301 .
在一个实施例中,多个凸起303形成了多排凸起结构,即多排凸起结构间隔地设置在清洗槽301内,且相邻两排凸起结构的凸起303交错设置。在本实施例中,凸起结构为两排,而形成两排凸起结构的多个凸起303在清洗槽301的宽度方向交错设置,具体可见图6和图7。In one embodiment, the plurality of protrusions 303 form a multi-row protrusion structure, that is, the multiple rows of protrusion structures are arranged in the cleaning tank 301 at intervals, and the protrusions 303 of two adjacent rows of the protrusion structures are staggered. In this embodiment, the protruding structures are in two rows, and the plurality of protuberances 303 forming the two rows of protruding structures are arranged staggered in the width direction of the cleaning tank 301 , as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7 .
在一个实施例中,清洗刮片302以可振动的方式设置在清洗槽301内,在拖地滚刷130转动的过程中,清洗刮片302也可以沿着拖地滚刷130的轴线方向振动、当然可以理解的 是,清洗刮片302也可以沿着垂直于拖地滚刷130的轴线的方向振动,从而增加与拖地滚刷的干涉作用,提高清洁效率。In one embodiment, the cleaning blade 302 is disposed in the cleaning tank 301 in a vibrating manner. During the rotation of the mopping roller brush 130 , the cleaning blade 302 can also vibrate along the axial direction of the mopping roller brush 130 Of course, it can be understood that the cleaning blade 302 can also vibrate in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the mopping roller brush 130, thereby increasing the interference with the mopping roller brush and improving the cleaning efficiency.
在一个实施例中,如图9所示,基站还包括:第一泵体320,第一泵体320与清洗槽301相连通,第一泵体320用于向清洗槽301内送入清洗液体;第二泵体330,第二泵体330与清洗槽301相连通,第二泵体330用于抽走清洗槽301内的清洗液体。第一泵体320和第二泵体330分别实现对清洗液体的送入和抽出,以此保证清洗槽301内的清洗液体可以及时更换,保证清洗效果。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 9 , the base station further includes: a first pump body 320 , the first pump body 320 is communicated with the cleaning tank 301 , and the first pump body 320 is used for feeding cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank 301 ; The second pump body 330, the second pump body 330 communicates with the cleaning tank 301, and the second pump body 330 is used to remove the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301. The first pump body 320 and the second pump body 330 respectively realize the feeding and extraction of the cleaning liquid, so as to ensure that the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 can be replaced in time and ensure the cleaning effect.
具体的,结合图9和图10,基站内设置有第一水箱321和第二水箱331,第一水箱321用于存放干净的清洗液体,第二水箱331内用于存放由清洗槽301内抽出的清洗液体。Specifically, referring to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 , the base station is provided with a first water tank 321 and a second water tank 331 , the first water tank 321 is used to store clean cleaning liquid, and the second water tank 331 is used to store the water extracted from the cleaning tank 301 cleaning liquid.
第一泵体320与第一水箱321相连通,从而将第一水箱321内的清洗液体送入清洗槽301内。第二泵体330与第二水箱331相连通,从而将清洗槽301内的清洗液体抽入到第二水箱331内。The first pump body 320 communicates with the first water tank 321 , so that the cleaning liquid in the first water tank 321 is sent into the cleaning tank 301 . The second pump body 330 communicates with the second water tank 331 , so that the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 is pumped into the second water tank 331 .
进一步的,第一水箱321可以用于与供水系统相连接,供水系统可以包括水龙头、或者蓄水箱等结构。第一水箱321上可以设置有水管,水管与供水系统相连接,且水管上可以设置有开关阀,优选电磁阀,从而可以根据第一水箱321中的水量控制水管的连通与断开,以保证第一水箱321内具备充足水量的基础上,不会出现水流溢出的问题。在某些实施例中,第一水箱321可以由基站内取下,然后进行注水。Further, the first water tank 321 may be used to connect with a water supply system, and the water supply system may include a faucet, or a water storage tank and other structures. The first water tank 321 can be provided with a water pipe, which is connected to the water supply system, and the water pipe can be provided with an on-off valve, preferably a solenoid valve, so that the connection and disconnection of the water pipe can be controlled according to the water volume in the first water tank 321 to ensure On the basis that there is sufficient water in the first water tank 321, the problem of water overflow will not occur. In some embodiments, the first water tank 321 can be removed from the base station and then filled with water.
相应的,第二水箱331上可以设置有排水管,从而将第二水箱331内的清洗液体通过排水管排出,排水管的连通与断开是可以控制的,例如通过开关阀进行控制,或者在第二水箱331的出口管路上设置排水泵,以在第二水箱331内的污水水位高于某一阈值时自动或手动启动排水泵工作以排水。在某些实施例中,第二水箱331可以由基站内取下,然后进行排水。Correspondingly, a drain pipe may be provided on the second water tank 331, so that the cleaning liquid in the second water tank 331 is discharged through the drain pipe, and the connection and disconnection of the drain pipe can be controlled, for example, through an on-off valve, or A drain pump is provided on the outlet pipeline of the second water tank 331 to automatically or manually start the drain pump to drain water when the sewage water level in the second water tank 331 is higher than a certain threshold. In some embodiments, the second water tank 331 can be removed from the base station and then drained.
可选的,第一水箱321上可以设置有加热器,例如电阻加热管等,在对拖地滚刷130进行清洗时可以对水进行加热,以配合洗涤剂激发其清洗活性,从而提高对拖地滚刷130的清洗能力。在某些实施例中,清洗槽301内可以设置有加热器,以实现对清洗槽301内水流的加热。Optionally, the first water tank 321 may be provided with a heater, such as a resistance heating tube, etc., when cleaning the mopping roller brush 130, the water may be heated to stimulate its cleaning activity with the detergent, thereby improving the mopping effect. The cleaning ability of the floor roller brush 130. In some embodiments, a heater may be provided in the cleaning tank 301 to heat the water flow in the cleaning tank 301 .
可选的,清洗槽301可拆卸地设置,从而将清洗槽301拆下后进行清洗。清洗槽301可以是抽屉式水槽,清洗槽301上设置有开口,开口用于与第一水箱321的清水管接口相连接,以在清洗槽301安装到位后开口与清水管接口相连接。Optionally, the cleaning tank 301 is detachably arranged, so that the cleaning tank 301 is removed for cleaning. The cleaning tank 301 may be a drawer type water tank, and the cleaning tank 301 is provided with an opening for connecting with the clean water pipe interface of the first water tank 321, so that the opening is connected to the clean water pipe interface after the cleaning tank 301 is installed in place.
可选的,清洗槽301固定设置。而基站包括第一水箱321和/或第二水箱331的上部 部分可活动地设置,如,掀开式、或者拉开式。在需要清理清洗槽301时,旋开或拉开基站的上部部分,露出清洗槽301,以方便对清洗槽301进行清理。Optionally, the cleaning tank 301 is fixedly arranged. And the base station including the upper part of the first water tank 321 and/or the second water tank 331 is movably arranged, such as a flip-up type or a pull-out type. When the cleaning tank 301 needs to be cleaned, the upper part of the base station is unscrewed or pulled apart to expose the cleaning tank 301 so as to facilitate cleaning of the cleaning tank 301 .
可选的,基站可以包括保护罩,保护罩可以实现对基站的防护。进一步的,当清洁机器人移动至基站上后,保护罩可以实现对清洁机器人和基站的整体防护。保护罩可以通过手动或自动的方式打开和闭合。可选的,保护罩可以仅封闭清洗槽301和清洁机器人,可以防止基站清洗清洁机器人时,清洗槽301内的污水甩出,尤其在特殊环境,比如厕所,也可以防止外面的水或水汽打湿清洁机器人。Optionally, the base station may include a protective cover, and the protective cover may protect the base station. Further, after the cleaning robot moves to the base station, the protective cover can realize the overall protection of the cleaning robot and the base station. The protective cover can be opened and closed manually or automatically. Optionally, the protective cover can only close the cleaning tank 301 and the cleaning robot, which can prevent the sewage in the cleaning tank 301 from being thrown out when the base station cleans the cleaning robot, especially in special environments, such as toilets, and can also prevent water or steam from outside. Wet cleaning robot.
在一个实施例中,第一泵体320和第二泵体330能够同时工作,第一泵体320将清洗液体喷入清洗槽301,第二泵体330将清洗液体抽出清洗槽301,即清洗液体在清洗槽301内实现快速流动,可以实现对拖地滚刷130或清洗槽301的快速清洗。In one embodiment, the first pump body 320 and the second pump body 330 can work at the same time, the first pump body 320 sprays the cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank 301, and the second pump body 330 draws the cleaning liquid out of the cleaning tank 301, that is, cleaning The liquid can flow rapidly in the cleaning tank 301 , which can quickly clean the mopping roller brush 130 or the cleaning tank 301 .
在一些实施例中,用于清洗清洁机构的清洗液体通过第一端流入清洗槽301,并且清洗液体通过第二端流出清洗槽301。第一泵体320通过第一端将清洗液体喷入清洗槽301,第二泵体330通过第二端将清洗液体抽出清洗槽301。In some embodiments, the cleaning liquid for cleaning the cleaning mechanism flows into the cleaning tank 301 through the first end, and the cleaning liquid flows out of the cleaning tank 301 through the second end. The first pump body 320 sprays the cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank 301 through the first end, and the second pump body 330 pulls the cleaning liquid out of the cleaning tank 301 through the second end.
在一个实施例中,第一泵体320停止工作,仅第二泵体330工作,将清洗槽301中的清洁液体抽干,以此保证清洗槽301为未使用时可以是空的。In one embodiment, the first pump body 320 stops working, and only the second pump body 330 works to drain the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301, so as to ensure that the cleaning tank 301 can be empty when not in use.
在一个实施例中,如图11所示,基站主体300上设置有抽液口3011和进液口3012,抽液口3011和进液口3012均与清洗槽301相连通,第一泵体320通过进液口3012将第一水箱321内的清洗液体送入清洗槽301内,而第二泵体330通过抽液口3011将清洗槽301内的清洗液体抽入到第二水箱331内。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11 , the base station main body 300 is provided with a liquid suction port 3011 and a liquid inlet port 3012 , and the liquid suction port 3011 and the liquid inlet port 3012 are both communicated with the cleaning tank 301 , and the first pump body 320 The cleaning liquid in the first water tank 321 is sent into the cleaning tank 301 through the liquid inlet 3012 , and the second pump body 330 sucks the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 into the second water tank 331 through the liquid suction port 3011 .
在一个实施例中,进液口3012可以为多个,且多个进液口3012间隔设置,其中,清洗槽301的两端均设置有进液口3012,如图11所示。在第二泵体330通过抽液口3011将清洗槽301内的清洗液体抽入到第二水箱331内时,第一泵体320可以通过进液口3012高速喷出清洗液体,例如,清洗液体可以为水,将平稳下降的水流搅动起来,使得污水中的杂质不容易沉底,即第一泵体320和第二泵体330可同时工作。并在第一泵体320和第二泵体330同时工作一定时间后,第二泵体330独立工作,以此将清洗槽301内的污水抽干,即完成了清洗槽301的自清洁工作。为了更好地实现清洗槽301的自清洁,进液口3012可分布式设置在清洗槽301的多个位置,其目的在于当启动自清洁程序时,该多个进液口3012的水流或直接冲刷清洗槽底壁及侧壁、或激起清洗槽301内已存清洗液体形成不规则搅动作用、或以间隔开启/闭合的方式向清洗槽301注入清洗液体,从而能够有效实现清洗槽301的清洗。In one embodiment, there may be multiple liquid inlets 3012 , and the multiple liquid inlets 3012 are arranged at intervals, wherein, both ends of the cleaning tank 301 are provided with liquid inlets 3012 , as shown in FIG. 11 . When the second pump body 330 draws the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 into the second water tank 331 through the liquid suction port 3011, the first pump body 320 can spray the cleaning liquid at a high speed through the liquid inlet 3012, for example, the cleaning liquid It can be water, and the steadily descending water flow is stirred up, so that impurities in the sewage are not easy to sink to the bottom, that is, the first pump body 320 and the second pump body 330 can work at the same time. After the first pump body 320 and the second pump body 330 work simultaneously for a certain period of time, the second pump body 330 works independently, thereby draining the sewage in the cleaning tank 301 , that is, the self-cleaning work of the cleaning tank 301 is completed. In order to better realize the self-cleaning of the cleaning tank 301, the liquid inlets 3012 can be distributed in multiple positions of the cleaning tank 301. The purpose is that when the self-cleaning procedure is started, the water flow of the plurality of liquid inlets 3012 may be directly Flush the bottom wall and side wall of the cleaning tank, or arouse the existing cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 to form an irregular stirring effect, or inject the cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank 301 in a manner of opening/closing at intervals, so that the cleaning tank 301 can be effectively realized. cleaning.
在一个实施例中,清洗槽301的下游设置有一个污水槽380,其上覆盖有第一过滤部316,其下设置有抽液口3011。在启动自清洁模式后,进液口3012喷出的水流将清洗槽301内的污垢冲入污水槽380,此时仅通过第二泵体330的工作无法彻底清理污水槽的残余污垢。由此,可以在污水槽380侧壁上设置一个偏置的进液口3012,该进液口3012由第一泵体320供液,并且进液口3012方向在污水槽内向偏置于槽壁和/或槽底的方向,在进液时至少有一个进液口3012的出液能以一定的角度冲击槽壁和/或槽底,以从整体上将污水槽内的污液激起为螺旋状旋涡,以致能够在抽液过程中污水槽内的污液一直处于旋流状态,从而避免仅仅从污水槽380底部的抽液口3011抽液所导致的水流大体上朝一个方向流动。In one embodiment, a sewage tank 380 is disposed downstream of the cleaning tank 301 , the first filter part 316 is covered on the upper part of the sewage tank 380 , and the liquid suction port 3011 is disposed under it. After the self-cleaning mode is activated, the water flow from the liquid inlet 3012 flushes the dirt in the cleaning tank 301 into the sewage tank 380. At this time, only the operation of the second pump body 330 cannot completely clean the residual dirt in the sewage tank. Therefore, an offset liquid inlet 3012 can be provided on the side wall of the sewage tank 380, the liquid inlet 3012 is supplied with liquid by the first pump body 320, and the direction of the liquid inlet 3012 is offset from the tank in the sewage tank. In the direction of the wall and/or the bottom of the tank, the liquid from at least one liquid inlet 3012 can impact the tank wall and/or the bottom of the tank at a certain angle when the liquid is fed, so as to arouse the sewage in the sewage tank as a whole. It is a helical vortex, so that the sewage in the sewage tank can always be in a swirling state during the liquid pumping process, so as to avoid the water flow caused by only pumping liquid from the liquid suction port 3011 at the bottom of the sewage tank 380 to flow generally in one direction.
可以理解的是,在自清洁过程中,清洗槽301的进液口3012和污水槽380的进液口3012同时高速进液,使清洗槽301和污水槽380内的液体始终处于旋流态,同时配合抽液口3011的作用,能够将清洗槽301和污水槽380内的垃圾清理干净,避免还需人为清理清洗槽或污水槽的过程。It can be understood that during the self-cleaning process, the liquid inlet 3012 of the cleaning tank 301 and the liquid inlet 3012 of the sewage tank 380 simultaneously feed liquid at a high speed, so that the liquid in the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380 is always in a swirling state, At the same time, in cooperation with the function of the liquid suction port 3011, the garbage in the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380 can be cleaned up, avoiding the need to manually clean the cleaning tank or the sewage tank.
需要注意的是,清洗槽301的进液口3012和污水槽380的进液口3012均实现进液功能,但并不特指二者的结构完全一致,此处不作限定,可以根据实现需要进行相应调整。It should be noted that the liquid inlet 3012 of the cleaning tank 301 and the liquid inlet 3012 of the sewage tank 380 both realize the liquid inlet function, but it does not specifically mean that the structures of the two are completely the same, which is not limited here, and can be implemented according to implementation needs. Adjust accordingly.
需要说明的是,第一泵体320可以是蠕动泵,第一水箱321通过蠕动泵向清洗槽301内加水,当清洁机器人上桩停稳,且拖地滚刷130的下部放入到清洗槽301内后,蠕动泵根据设定的参数(包括注水量)向清洗槽301加水。蠕动泵可以精准控制注水量,所以每次注水量可以根据设定精确控制,同时拖地滚刷130旋转自清洁,当清洁完成后,第二泵体330将清洗槽301中的污水抽入第二水箱331。然后再进行下一次注水和清洁、抽水,直到完成设定次数的拖地滚刷130的清洗,最后一次抽水后,拖地滚刷130在清洗槽301无水时旋转甩干,最后进行下桩,即离开基站2。It should be noted that the first pump body 320 may be a peristaltic pump, and the first water tank 321 adds water to the cleaning tank 301 through the peristaltic pump. When the cleaning robot stops on the pile, and the lower part of the mopping roller brush 130 is put into the cleaning tank 301, the peristaltic pump adds water to the cleaning tank 301 according to the set parameters (including the water injection amount). The peristaltic pump can precisely control the amount of water injected, so the amount of water injected each time can be precisely controlled according to the setting, while the mopping roller brush 130 rotates and cleans itself. When the cleaning is completed, the second pump body 330 pumps the sewage in the cleaning tank 301 into the first Two water tanks 331. Then carry out the next water injection, cleaning, and pumping until the cleaning of the mopping roller brush 130 is completed for the set number of times. After the last pumping, the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated and dried when the cleaning tank 301 is empty of water, and finally the pile is lowered. , that is, leaving base station 2.
在一个实施例中,基站还包括:清洗液箱体和清洗液泵,清洗液箱体用于存放清洗液,清洗液泵与清洗槽301相连通,清洗液泵将清洗液箱体内的清洗液送入到清洗槽301内,从而与第一泵体320送入的清洗液体(一般为水)进行混合。清洗液可以是洗涤剂等常用的清洗剂。In one embodiment, the base station further includes: a cleaning liquid tank and a cleaning liquid pump, the cleaning liquid tank is used for storing the cleaning liquid, the cleaning liquid pump is communicated with the cleaning tank 301, and the cleaning liquid pump transfers the cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank It is sent into the cleaning tank 301 to be mixed with the cleaning liquid (generally water) sent by the first pump body 320 . The cleaning liquid may be a common cleaning agent such as detergent.
在一个实施例中,如图6和图7所示,基站还包括:液位检测组件310,液位检测组件310设置在基站主体300上,用于检测清洗槽301内的清洗液体的液位,从而能够判断清洗槽301内是否有清洗液体,并可以控制清洗槽301内的清洗液体的送入量,从而不会出现溢流等问题。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 , the base station further includes: a liquid level detection assembly 310 . The liquid level detection assembly 310 is disposed on the base station main body 300 and is used to detect the liquid level of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 , so that it can be determined whether there is cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301, and the feeding amount of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 can be controlled, so that problems such as overflow will not occur.
具体的,液位检测组件310可以与第一泵体320信号连接,液位检测组件310检测清洗槽301内的清洗液体的液位,并在清洗槽301内的液位低于第一预设值时,第一泵体320用于向清洗槽301内送入清洗液体。或者,液位检测组件310可以与第二泵体330信号连接,并在清洗槽301内的液位高于第二预设值时,第二泵体330用于将清洗槽301内的清洗液体抽出。Specifically, the liquid level detection component 310 can be signal-connected with the first pump body 320, the liquid level detection component 310 detects the liquid level of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301, and the liquid level in the cleaning tank 301 is lower than the first preset When the value is set, the first pump body 320 is used for feeding the cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank 301 . Alternatively, the liquid level detection component 310 can be signal-connected with the second pump body 330, and when the liquid level in the cleaning tank 301 is higher than the second preset value, the second pump body 330 is used to remove the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 draw out.
需要说明的是,液位检测组件310可以是相关技术中的液位检测器,即能够实现液位检测即可。此处检测清洗液体的液位并不一定特指需要明确清洗液体的高度,只要能够确定是否应该向清洗槽301内送入清洗液体或是否应该启动第二泵体330从清洗槽301抽取即可。It should be noted that, the liquid level detection component 310 may be a liquid level detector in the related art, that is, the liquid level detection can be realized. The detection of the liquid level of the cleaning liquid here does not necessarily mean that the height of the cleaning liquid needs to be clarified, as long as it can be determined whether the cleaning liquid should be fed into the cleaning tank 301 or whether the second pump body 330 should be activated to extract from the cleaning tank 301. .
在一个实施例中,如图13和图14所示,液位检测组件310包括:信号发射部311;信号接收部,信号发射部311与信号接收部相对设置;支撑部312,支撑部312设置在基站主体300上;连杆313,连杆313可转动地设置在支撑部312上;第一浮动部314,第一浮动部314设置在连杆313的一端,且位于清洗槽301内,第一浮动部314在清洗液体的作用下带动连杆313相对于支撑部312转动;遮挡部315,遮挡部315设置在连杆313的另一端,且位于信号发射部311与信号接收部之间,遮挡部315用于断开信号发射部311与信号接收部的信号连接状态;其中,当信号发射部311与信号接收部处于信号断开状态时,第一泵体320能够向清洗槽301内送入清洗液体。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 13 and FIG. 14 , the liquid level detection assembly 310 includes: a signal transmitting part 311 ; a signal receiving part, the signal transmitting part 311 is arranged opposite to the signal receiving part; a supporting part 312 , the supporting part 312 is arranged On the base station main body 300; the connecting rod 313, the connecting rod 313 is rotatably arranged on the support part 312; the first floating part 314, the first floating part 314 is arranged on one end of the connecting rod 313, and is located in the cleaning tank 301, the first floating part 314 is located in the cleaning tank 301. A floating part 314 drives the connecting rod 313 to rotate relative to the supporting part 312 under the action of the cleaning liquid; the blocking part 315 is arranged on the other end of the connecting rod 313 and is located between the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part, The shielding part 315 is used for disconnecting the signal connection state between the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part; wherein, when the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part are in the signal disconnecting state, the first pump body 320 can pump into the cleaning tank 301 into the cleaning liquid.
具体的,如图13所示,当清洗槽301内无清洗液体时,即第一浮动部314位于清洗槽301的底部,此时信号发射部311被遮断表示清洗槽301无清洗液体,第一泵体320工作,第一浮动部314会上浮,信号发射部311和信号接收部之间的信号发生变化,即第一水箱321内有清洗液体,如果信号发射部311和信号接收部之间的信号不发生变化,则第一水箱321内无清洗液体,或者清洗液体量不足。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 13 , when there is no cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 , that is, the first floating part 314 is located at the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 , and the signal transmitting part 311 is blocked at this time, indicating that there is no cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 , and the first floating part 314 is located at the bottom of the cleaning tank 301 . The pump body 320 works, the first floating part 314 will float up, and the signal between the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part will change, that is, there is cleaning liquid in the first water tank 321. If the signal does not change, there is no cleaning liquid in the first water tank 321, or the amount of cleaning liquid is insufficient.
如图14所示,第一浮动部314位于上位,即信号发射部311被遮断表示清洗槽301内的清洗液体已满,拖地滚刷130清洗过程中,如果第一浮动部314下降,则信号发射部311和信号接收部之间的信号发生变化,第一泵体320进行适当补充清洗液体。As shown in FIG. 14 , the first floating part 314 is in the upper position, that is, the signal transmitting part 311 is blocked, indicating that the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 is full. During the cleaning process of the mopping roller brush 130, if the first floating part 314 descends, the The signal between the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part changes, and the first pump body 320 is appropriately replenished with the cleaning liquid.
在一个实施例中,第一浮动部314可以为浮球,信号发射部311和信号接收部组成光耦合器。In one embodiment, the first floating part 314 may be a floating ball, and the signal transmitting part 311 and the signal receiving part form an optical coupler.
以上实施例可以理解为,当第一浮动部314位于底部和顶部时,液位检测组件310的输出信号为“0”;而当清洗槽301内存在清洗液体,第一浮动部314位于底部和顶部之间时,液位检测组件310的输出信号为“1”。从而可以通过信号的变化情况以及泵的工 作情况来确定清洗槽301内的水位变化情况。例如,当第一泵体320处于工作状态,且信号变化为0-1-0时,表示清洗槽301水被注满;当第二泵体330工作时,且信号变化为1-0,表示清洗槽301液体被抽空。The above embodiment can be understood as, when the first floating part 314 is located at the bottom and the top, the output signal of the liquid level detection component 310 is "0"; and when there is cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301, the first floating part 314 is located at the bottom and the top. Between the tops, the output signal of the liquid level detection assembly 310 is "1". Therefore, the change of the water level in the cleaning tank 301 can be determined by the change of the signal and the operation of the pump. For example, when the first pump body 320 is working and the signal changes to 0-1-0, it means that the cleaning tank 301 is filled with water; when the second pump body 330 is working, and the signal changes to 1-0, it means that the cleaning tank 301 is filled with water. The cleaning tank 301 liquid is evacuated.
在一个实施例中,基站主体300上设置有第一霍尔模块371和第二霍尔模块372,第一霍尔模块371可以用于检测第一水箱321内的水量,基站主体300上还可以设置有第三霍尔模块,第三霍尔模块可以用于检测第二水箱331内的水量。示例性地,基站上还可以设置有第四霍尔模块,用于对第一水箱321和第二水箱331进行在位检测。In one embodiment, the base station main body 300 is provided with a first Hall module 371 and a second Hall module 372. The first Hall module 371 can be used to detect the amount of water in the first water tank 321, and the base station main body 300 can also A third hall module is provided, and the third hall module can be used to detect the amount of water in the second water tank 331 . Exemplarily, the base station may also be provided with a fourth Hall module for performing in-position detection on the first water tank 321 and the second water tank 331 .
在一个实施例中,如图7和图8所示,基站主体300上设置有导水槽304,导水槽304位于清洗槽301的一侧,且与清洗槽301相连通,以在清洗液体进入导水槽304后,清洗液体能够回流至清洗槽301,从而在保证清洗液体不会出现飞溅的前提下,又可以及时回流到清洗槽301内。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , the base station main body 300 is provided with a water guide groove 304 . The water guide groove 304 is located on one side of the cleaning groove 301 and communicated with the cleaning groove 301 , so that when the cleaning liquid enters the guide groove After the water tank 304, the cleaning liquid can be returned to the cleaning tank 301, so that the cleaning liquid can be returned to the cleaning tank 301 in time on the premise that the cleaning liquid will not splash.
具体的,结合图6至图8,基站主体300上设置导板3041,从而在基站主体300上分离出导水槽304和清洗槽301,使得导水槽304和清洗槽301间隔设置,但需要保证导水槽304和清洗槽301能够连通。Specifically, referring to FIG. 6 to FIG. 8 , the base station main body 300 is provided with a guide plate 3041, so that the water guiding groove 304 and the cleaning groove 301 are separated from the base station main body 300, so that the water guiding groove 304 and the cleaning groove 301 are arranged at intervals, but the water guiding groove needs to be ensured 304 and the cleaning tank 301 can communicate with each other.
在一个实施例中,如图6至图8所示,基站主体300上设置有副水槽305,副水槽305位于清洗槽301的另一侧,且与清洗槽301独立设置,一般情况下清洗液体不会进入副水槽305内,副水槽305是一个保护槽,保证清洗液体不会对清洁机器人1造成影响。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 8 , the base station main body 300 is provided with an auxiliary water tank 305 . The auxiliary water tank 305 is located on the other side of the cleaning tank 301 and is independent of the cleaning tank 301 . Generally, the cleaning liquid It will not enter the auxiliary water tank 305 , and the auxiliary water tank 305 is a protection tank to ensure that the cleaning liquid will not affect the cleaning robot 1 .
在一个实施例中,第二泵体330与副水槽305相连通,以在清洗液体进入副水槽305后,第二泵体330能够抽走清洗液体,即清洗槽301与副水槽305为完全隔离,从而需要第二泵体330将进入到副水槽305内的清洗液体抽走。In one embodiment, the second pump body 330 communicates with the auxiliary water tank 305, so that after the cleaning liquid enters the auxiliary water tank 305, the second pump body 330 can pump out the cleaning liquid, that is, the cleaning tank 301 and the auxiliary water tank 305 are completely isolated , so that the second pump body 330 is required to pump away the cleaning liquid entering the auxiliary water tank 305 .
在一个实施例中,如图6和图8所示,副水槽305与清洗槽301之间设置有密封条306,以避免清洗槽301内的清洗液体进入副水槽305,即一般只有在密封条306出现损坏的情况下才会出现副水槽305进入清洗液体的情况。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 8 , a sealing strip 306 is provided between the auxiliary water tank 305 and the cleaning tank 301 to prevent the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank 301 from entering the auxiliary water tank 305, that is, generally only the sealing strip Only when the 306 is damaged will the auxiliary water tank 305 enter the cleaning liquid.
在一个实施例中,如图11所示,副水槽305上设置有出液口3051,出液口3051与第二泵体330相连通。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11 , the auxiliary water tank 305 is provided with a liquid outlet 3051 , and the liquid outlet 3051 communicates with the second pump body 330 .
在一个实施例中,基站还包括:第二浮动部340,第二浮动部340设置在副水槽305内,且遮挡在出液口3051上;其中,当副水槽305内具有清洗液体时,第二浮动部340浮起,以使第二泵体330与副水槽305相连通。In one embodiment, the base station further includes: a second floating part 340 , the second floating part 340 is arranged in the auxiliary water tank 305 and is blocked on the liquid outlet 3051 ; wherein, when there is cleaning liquid in the auxiliary water tank 305 , the first floating part 340 is The two floating parts 340 float up, so that the second pump body 330 communicates with the auxiliary water tank 305 .
具体的,在副水槽305内未进入清洗液体时,第二浮动部340会遮挡出液口3051,只有在副水槽305内进入清洗液体时,即清洗液体需要被抽出,第二浮动部340浮起,从而 通过第二泵体330抽走副水槽305内的清洗液体。Specifically, when the cleaning liquid does not enter the auxiliary water tank 305, the second floating part 340 will block the liquid outlet 3051. Only when the cleaning liquid enters the auxiliary water tank 305, that is, the cleaning liquid needs to be drawn out, the second floating part 340 floats The cleaning liquid in the auxiliary water tank 305 is pumped away through the second pump body 330 .
在一个实施例中,第二浮动部340可以为浮球。In one embodiment, the second floating part 340 may be a floating ball.
在一个实施例中,导水槽304和副水槽305分别位于清洗槽301的两侧,且在清洁机器人1进行拖地滚刷130清洗时,导水槽304更靠近清洁机器人1的前端。In one embodiment, the water guiding tank 304 and the auxiliary water tank 305 are located on two sides of the cleaning tank 301 respectively, and when the cleaning robot 1 cleans the mopping roller brush 130 , the water guiding tank 304 is closer to the front end of the cleaning robot 1 .
在一个实施例中,基站主体300上设置有第一过滤部316和第二过滤部341,第一过滤部316设置于清洗槽301的抽液口3011上,且第一过滤部316可以包括粗过滤网和细过滤网。第二过滤部341设置于出液口3051上,第二过滤部341可以是过滤网。In one embodiment, the base station main body 300 is provided with a first filter part 316 and a second filter part 341 , the first filter part 316 is provided on the liquid suction port 3011 of the cleaning tank 301 , and the first filter part 316 may include coarse Filters and fine filters. The second filter part 341 is disposed on the liquid outlet 3051, and the second filter part 341 may be a filter screen.
其中,第一过滤部316还包括支架,用于支撑粗过滤网和/或细过滤网。Wherein, the first filter part 316 further includes a bracket for supporting the coarse filter screen and/or the fine filter screen.
在一个实施例中,第二霍尔模块372可以用于污水槽滤网组件的在位检测,第一过滤部316可拆卸地安装于基站上,因此,用户可以将第一过滤部316拆除以进行清理,由于第二霍尔模块372可以检测到第一过滤部316在位与否,因此能够保证清洗槽301内的污水在被抽取前会经过第一过滤部316的过滤,从而避免大颗粒物体堵塞抽液口,甚至进一步损坏泵体,从而延长基站的使用寿命,并提升用户体验。In one embodiment, the second Hall module 372 can be used for the presence detection of the filter screen assembly of the sewage tank, and the first filter part 316 is detachably installed on the base station, so the user can remove the first filter part 316 to For cleaning, since the second Hall module 372 can detect whether the first filter part 316 is in place or not, it can ensure that the sewage in the cleaning tank 301 will be filtered by the first filter part 316 before being extracted, so as to avoid large particles The pump body blocks the pumping port and even further damages the pump body, thereby extending the service life of the base station and improving the user experience.
本公开一个实施例的用于清洗清洁机器人的清洁机构的基站,如图7和图11所示,基站包括:清洗槽301和污水槽380,清洗槽301用于容纳清洁机构的至少一部分并对清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗;污水槽380与清洗槽301相连通,污水槽380上设置有进液口3012,由进液口3012进入污水槽380内的清洗液体能够冲击污水槽380内的清洗液体,以使污水槽380内的清洗液体形成旋流状态,以此提高对清洗槽301和污水槽380的自清洁效果。A base station for cleaning a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 11 , the base station includes: a cleaning tank 301 and a sewage tank 380 . The cleaning tank 301 is used to accommodate at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and At least a part of the cleaning mechanism is cleaned; the sewage tank 380 is communicated with the cleaning tank 301, the sewage tank 380 is provided with a liquid inlet 3012, and the cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank 380 through the liquid inlet 3012 can impact the cleaning in the sewage tank 380. liquid, so that the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 forms a swirling state, so as to improve the self-cleaning effect of the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380 .
在一个实施例中,污水槽380的深度可以大于清洗槽301的深度。In one embodiment, the depth of the slop tank 380 may be greater than the depth of the wash tank 301 .
需要说明的是,由进液口3012进入污水槽380内的清洗液体能够搅动污水槽380内的清洗液体。It should be noted that the cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank 380 through the liquid inlet 3012 can agitate the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 .
在一些实施例中,进液口3012可以设置在污水槽380的底部,清洗液体可以由污水槽380的底部高速冲击污水槽380内的清洗液体,且可以在污水槽380侧壁的阻挡作用下形成反射回流,以此搅动污水槽380内的清洗液体。In some embodiments, the liquid inlet 3012 may be disposed at the bottom of the sewage tank 380 , and the cleaning liquid may impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 at a high speed from the bottom of the sewage tank 380 , and may be blocked by the sidewall of the sewage tank 380 . A reflective backflow is formed, thereby agitating the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 .
在一些实施例中,污水槽380的侧壁上设置有进液口3012,清洗液体可以由污水槽380的侧部高速冲击污水槽380内的清洗液体,且可以在污水槽380侧壁的阻挡作用下形成反射回流,以此搅动污水槽380内的清洗液体,最终形成旋流状态。In some embodiments, the side wall of the sewage tank 380 is provided with a liquid inlet 3012 , and the cleaning liquid can impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 at a high speed from the side of the sewage tank 380 , and can be blocked by the side wall of the sewage tank 380 . Under the action, a reflective backflow is formed, so as to agitate the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380, and finally a swirling state is formed.
在一个实施例中,污水槽380上可以设置有多个进液口3012,多个进液口3012间隔设置。污水槽380的侧壁以及底壁上可以均设置有进液口3012,或者,污水槽380的侧壁 上可以设置有多个进液口3012,例如,污水槽380整体可以呈矩形,此时污水槽380的至少两个侧壁上可以设置有进液口3012,且由进液口3012进入的清洗液体能够喷射到与其相邻的侧壁上,从而使得污水槽380内的清洗液体处于旋流状态。In one embodiment, the sewage tank 380 may be provided with a plurality of liquid inlets 3012, and the plurality of liquid inlets 3012 are arranged at intervals. The side wall and bottom wall of the sewage tank 380 may be provided with liquid inlets 3012, or, a plurality of liquid inlets 3012 may be provided on the side wall of the sewage tank 380. For example, the entire sewage tank 380 may be rectangular. Liquid inlets 3012 may be provided on at least two side walls of the sewage tank 380, and the cleaning liquid entered through the liquid inlet 3012 can be sprayed onto the adjacent side walls, so that the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 is in a rotating position. flow state.
具体的,进液口3012的延伸方向可以倾斜于其所在所述污水槽380侧壁,以此保证由进液口3012进入的清洗液体能够喷射到与其相邻的侧壁上。Specifically, the extending direction of the liquid inlet 3012 can be inclined to the side wall of the sewage tank 380 where it is located, so as to ensure that the cleaning liquid entering from the liquid inlet 3012 can be sprayed onto the adjacent side wall.
在一个实施例中,清洗槽301上也设置有进液口3012,污水槽380上设置有抽液口3011,污水槽380内的清洗液体能够由抽液口3011排出。即在自清洁过程中,清洗槽301的进液口3012和污水槽380的进液口3012同时高速进液,使清洗槽301和污水槽380内的液体始终处于旋流态,同时配合抽液口3011的作用,能够将清洗槽301和污水槽380内的垃圾清理干净,避免还需人为清理清洗槽301或污水槽380的过程。In one embodiment, the cleaning tank 301 is also provided with a liquid inlet 3012 , the sewage tank 380 is also provided with a liquid suction port 3011 , and the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank 380 can be discharged through the liquid suction port 3011 . That is, during the self-cleaning process, the liquid inlet 3012 of the cleaning tank 301 and the liquid inlet 3012 of the sewage tank 380 simultaneously feed liquid at a high speed, so that the liquid in the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380 is always in a swirling state, and at the same time, the liquid is pumped. The function of the port 3011 can clean up the garbage in the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380, and avoid the process of manually cleaning the cleaning tank 301 or the sewage tank 380.
需要注意的是,对于清洗槽301和污水槽380实现自清洁的其他配合结构可以参考上述实施例中涉及的具体结构,例如,第一泵体320、第二泵体330、液位检测组件310等,此处不作赘述。It should be noted that, for other matching structures for realizing self-cleaning of the cleaning tank 301 and the sewage tank 380, reference may be made to the specific structures involved in the above embodiments, for example, the first pump body 320, the second pump body 330, the liquid level detection component 310 etc., will not be repeated here.
在一个实施例中,如图11所示,基站还包括:干燥机构350,干燥机构350设置在基站主体300上,干燥机构350用于烘干/吹干拖地滚刷130,从而在拖地滚刷130经清洗槽301清洗完成后,可以通过干燥机构350进行烘干。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11 , the base station further includes: a drying mechanism 350 . The drying mechanism 350 is disposed on the base station main body 300 , and the drying mechanism 350 is used to dry/dry the mopping roller brush 130 , so that the mopping mechanism 350 can be used for mopping the floor. After the roller brush 130 is cleaned by the cleaning tank 301 , it can be dried by the drying mechanism 350 .
在一个实施例中,如图8和图11所示,基站主体300上设置有通孔307,通孔307与清洗槽301间隔设置,干燥机构350通过通孔307烘干拖地滚刷130。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 11 , the base station main body 300 is provided with a through hole 307 , the through hole 307 is spaced from the cleaning tank 301 , and the drying mechanism 350 dries the mopping roller brush 130 through the through hole 307 .
具体的,通孔307为多个,多个通孔307间隔地设置在基站主体300上,从而能够通过干燥机构350对通孔307上方的拖地滚刷130进行烘干。Specifically, there are multiple through holes 307 , and the multiple through holes 307 are arranged on the base station main body 300 at intervals, so that the mopping roller brush 130 above the through holes 307 can be dried by the drying mechanism 350 .
需要说明的是,通孔307与清洗槽301间隔设置,即清洁机器人1的拖地滚刷130清洗完成后,需要使得拖地滚刷130离开清洗槽301,并移动至通孔307的上方进行烘干。It should be noted that the through hole 307 is spaced from the cleaning tank 301 , that is, after the mopping roller brush 130 of the cleaning robot 1 is cleaned, the mopping roller brush 130 needs to leave the cleaning tank 301 and move to the top of the through hole 307 for cleaning. drying.
当然,通孔307也可以以合理的方式直接布置为与清洗槽301邻近,当完成拖地滚刷130的清洗之后,可以直接对其进行烘干/吹干处理。Of course, the through holes 307 can also be directly arranged adjacent to the cleaning tank 301 in a reasonable manner, and after the cleaning of the mopping roller brush 130 is completed, drying/blowing treatment can be performed directly on it.
在一个实施例中,通孔307与清洗槽301分别位于基站主体300的两端,从而需要使得清洁机器人1按照两个方向进入基站进行拖地滚刷130的清洗以及烘干。In one embodiment, the through hole 307 and the cleaning slot 301 are located at two ends of the base station main body 300 respectively, so that the cleaning robot 1 needs to enter the base station in two directions to clean and dry the mopping roller brush 130 .
具体的,清洁机器人1可以后退一定的距离从而与通孔307相对设置,或者清洁机器人1离开基站之后,清洁机器人1可以反方向上桩,从而使得拖地滚刷130与通孔307相对设置。如图1至图3所示,清洁机器人1的第一端进入到基站2的内部,从而进行拖地滚刷130的清洗。如图4和图5所示,清洁机器人1与第一端相对的第二端进入到基站2 的内部,从而进行拖地滚刷130的烘干。在烘干模式下,清洁机器人1的拖地滚刷130可以缓慢转动,以加速拖地滚刷130的干燥。当然可以理解的是,即便干燥机构350处于停用状态,也可以保持拖地滚刷130的缓慢转动,从而保持其干燥状态。至于拖地滚刷130的缓慢转动控制,可以根据清洁机器人1的状态来设定,例如只有当清洁机器人1处于充电状态时执行以上操作;并且通过清洁机器人1与基站主体300之间的相互通信来执行以上设定,在此不作详细描述。Specifically, the cleaning robot 1 can retreat a certain distance to be opposite to the through hole 307 , or after the cleaning robot 1 leaves the base station, the cleaning robot 1 can pile up in the opposite direction, so that the mopping roller brush 130 is opposite to the through hole 307 . As shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 , the first end of the cleaning robot 1 enters the interior of the base station 2 to clean the mopping roller brush 130 . As shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 , the second end of the cleaning robot 1 opposite to the first end enters the interior of the base station 2 , thereby drying the mopping roller brush 130 . In the drying mode, the mopping roller brush 130 of the cleaning robot 1 may rotate slowly to speed up the drying of the mopping roller brush 130 . Of course, it can be understood that even if the drying mechanism 350 is in a deactivated state, the mopping roller brush 130 can be kept slowly rotating, thereby maintaining its dry state. As for the slow rotation control of the mopping roller brush 130, it can be set according to the state of the cleaning robot 1, for example, the above operation is performed only when the cleaning robot 1 is in a charging state; and through the mutual communication between the cleaning robot 1 and the base station main body 300 to perform the above settings, which will not be described in detail here.
在一个实施例中,干燥机构350可以采用风机。例如,干燥机构350可以为排风扇。In one embodiment, the drying mechanism 350 may employ a fan. For example, the drying mechanism 350 may be an exhaust fan.
需要说明的是,在一个实施例中,基站可以仅包括干燥机构350和第一充电接触极片360,即基站不能对清洁机器人1的拖地滚刷130进行清洗,但可以用于烘干拖地滚刷130,且能够对清洁机器人1进行充电。对于干燥机构350和第一充电接触极片360的具体结构可以参见上述的实施例。It should be noted that, in one embodiment, the base station may only include the drying mechanism 350 and the first charging contact pole piece 360, that is, the base station cannot clean the mopping roller brush 130 of the cleaning robot 1, but can be used for drying mopping The ground roller brush 130 can charge the cleaning robot 1 . For the specific structures of the drying mechanism 350 and the first charging contact pole piece 360, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiments.
在一个实施例中,如图7所示,基站主体300包括导向底面308,导向底面308上设置有防滑凸起3081,清洁机器人1沿着防滑凸起3081移动至导向底面308上,防滑凸起3081能够与清洁机器人1产生一定的摩擦力,保证清洁机器人1可靠移动至基站2上,且能够辅助清洁机器人1在清洁过程中的定位。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7 , the base station main body 300 includes a guide bottom surface 308 , an anti-skid protrusion 3081 is provided on the guide bottom surface 308 , and the cleaning robot 1 moves to the guide bottom surface 308 along the anti-skid protrusion 3081 . The 3081 can generate a certain frictional force with the cleaning robot 1 to ensure that the cleaning robot 1 moves to the base station 2 reliably, and can assist the positioning of the cleaning robot 1 during the cleaning process.
在一个实施例中,清洗槽301设置在导向底面308上,且与防滑凸起3081间隔设置,从而能够使得清洁机器人1在导向底面308上移动一定距离后,拖地滚刷130与清洗槽301相对设置,从而进行后续的清洗过程。In one embodiment, the cleaning tank 301 is provided on the guide bottom surface 308 and is spaced from the anti-skid protrusions 3081 , so that after the cleaning robot 1 moves on the guide bottom surface 308 for a certain distance, the mopping roller brush 130 and the cleaning tank 301 can be removed. Relatively set, so as to carry out the subsequent cleaning process.
需要说明的是,防滑凸起3081形成的防滑结构与清洁机器人1的行走轮组件205相对应,在行走轮组件205为两个时,防滑结构也为两个。防滑结构与多个通孔307形成的烘干通道机构相交叉,且导向底面308具有一定的倾斜角度,以此方便清洁机器人1移动至导向底面308上。It should be noted that the anti-skid structures formed by the anti-skid protrusions 3081 correspond to the traveling wheel assemblies 205 of the cleaning robot 1 . When there are two traveling wheel assemblies 205 , there are also two anti-slip structures. The anti-slip structure intersects with the drying channel mechanism formed by the plurality of through holes 307 , and the guiding bottom surface 308 has a certain inclination angle, so as to facilitate the cleaning robot 1 to move to the guiding bottom surface 308 .
在一个实施例中,基站还包括:第一充电接触极片360,第一充电接触极片360设置在基站主体300上,用于与清洁机器人1的第二充电接触极片210电连接,从而实现对清洁机器人1的充电。In one embodiment, the base station further includes: a first charging contact pole piece 360, the first charging contact pole piece 360 is disposed on the base station main body 300, and is used for electrical connection with the second charging contact pole piece 210 of the cleaning robot 1, thereby The charging of the cleaning robot 1 is realized.
在一个实施例中,如图12所示,基站主体300还包括导向侧面309,第一充电接触极片360设置在导向侧面309上,而第二充电接触极片210设置于清洁机器人1的侧表面,从而能够使得第一充电接触极片360与第二充电接触极片210电连接。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12 , the base station body 300 further includes a guide side surface 309 , the first charging contact pole piece 360 is arranged on the guide side surface 309 , and the second charging contact pole piece 210 is arranged on the side of the cleaning robot 1 surface, so that the first charging contact pole piece 360 can be electrically connected with the second charging contact pole piece 210 .
具体的,第一充电接触极片360位于清洗槽301的上方,即清洗槽301位于导向底面308上,而第一充电接触极片360位于导向侧面309上,从高度方向来看,第一充电接触 极片360位于清洗槽301的上方,因此保证清洁机器人1底部的拖地滚刷130在导向底面308的清洗槽301内进行清洗,而清洁机器人1侧部的第一充电接触极片360在导向侧面309的第二充电接触极片210上进行充电。Specifically, the first charging contact pole piece 360 is located above the cleaning tank 301, that is, the cleaning tank 301 is located on the guide bottom surface 308, and the first charging contact pole piece 360 is located on the guide side surface 309. The contact pole piece 360 is located above the cleaning tank 301, so it is ensured that the mopping roller brush 130 at the bottom of the cleaning robot 1 is cleaned in the cleaning tank 301 that guides the bottom surface 308, and the first charging contact pole piece 360 on the side of the cleaning robot 1 is at the bottom of the cleaning robot 1. Charging takes place on the second charging contact pole piece 210 of the guide side surface 309 .
在一个实施例中,多个第一充电接触极片360和多个第二充电接触极片210均成对设置,且分别位于相对的两个表面上,即成对的两个第一充电接触极片360分别位于相对的两个导向侧面309上。当然,多个成对的第一充电接触极片360和第二充电接触极片210可以同时位于基站主体300和清洁机器人1的同一侧,常见的是,两对充电接触极片分别位于清洁机器人1和基站主体300一侧。In one embodiment, the plurality of first charging contact pole pieces 360 and the plurality of second charging contact pole pieces 210 are arranged in pairs, and are respectively located on two opposite surfaces, that is, two pairs of first charging contacts The pole pieces 360 are respectively located on two opposite guide sides 309 . Of course, a plurality of pairs of the first charging contact pole piece 360 and the second charging contact pole piece 210 can be located on the same side of the base station main body 300 and the cleaning robot 1 at the same time. It is common that the two pairs of charging contact pole pieces are respectively located on the cleaning robot. 1 and the base station main body 300 side.
在一个实施例中,如图12所示,基站主体300还包括导向侧面309,基站还包括:导向轮361,导向轮361设置在导向侧面309上,用于与清洁机器人1相接触,即在清洁机器人1相对于基站主体300移动时,清洁机器人1侧部会与导向轮361相接触,以此避免与导向侧面309相接触,实现定位,同时能够实现滚动导向且减小摩擦阻力。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12 , the base station main body 300 further includes a guide side surface 309, and the base station further includes: a guide wheel 361. The guide wheel 361 is arranged on the guide side surface 309 and is used for contacting the cleaning robot 1, that is, in the When the cleaning robot 1 moves relative to the base station main body 300 , the side of the cleaning robot 1 will contact the guide wheel 361 , so as to avoid contact with the guide side surface 309 , realize positioning, and at the same time realize rolling guidance and reduce frictional resistance.
具体的,导向轮361位于清洗槽301的上方,即清洗槽301位于导向底面308上,而导向轮361位于导向侧面309上,从高度方向来看,导向轮361位于清洗槽301的上方。导向轮361可以为滑轮。Specifically, the guide wheel 361 is located above the cleaning tank 301, that is, the cleaning tank 301 is located on the guide bottom surface 308, and the guide wheel 361 is located on the guide side surface 309. Viewed from the height direction, the guide wheel 361 is located above the cleaning tank 301. The guide wheel 361 may be a pulley.
在一个实施例中,导向轮361成对设置,成对的两个导向轮361分别位于相对的两个导向侧面309上。In one embodiment, the guide wheels 361 are arranged in pairs, and the pair of two guide wheels 361 are respectively located on two opposite guide sides 309 .
在一个实施例中,导向轮361和第一充电接触极片360均位于导向侧面309上,且导向轮361和第一充电接触极片360间隔设置。In one embodiment, the guide wheel 361 and the first charging contact pole piece 360 are both located on the guide side surface 309 , and the guide wheel 361 and the first charging contact pole piece 360 are arranged at intervals.
由于特殊的清洁机器人1的形状,其形成为D字构型,当清洁机器人1以清洁拖地滚刷方式进站时,“一”字型的前部在进入基站时不如圆形机方便,因此,可以通过在基站主体300的侧面入口处设置导向轮361,便于清洁机器人1在进站初始位调整方向,即实现初始进站导向的作用。如前所描述的,该导向轮361与第一充电接触极片360可以为同一部件,既能够实现导向又能够充当充电电极为清洁机器人1充电。Due to the special shape of the cleaning robot 1, it is formed into a D-shaped configuration. When the cleaning robot 1 enters the station in the way of cleaning and mopping the floor, the front part of the "one" shape is not as convenient as the circular machine when entering the base station. Therefore, the guide wheel 361 can be provided at the side entrance of the base station main body 300 to facilitate the cleaning robot 1 to adjust the direction at the initial position of the station, that is, to realize the role of the initial station guide. As described above, the guide wheel 361 and the first charging contact pole piece 360 can be the same component, which can not only realize guidance but also act as a charging electrode to charge the cleaning robot 1 .
在一个实施例中,基站主体300还包括导向顶面362,导向顶面362上设置有用于与清洁机器人1相接触的压块,从而使清洁机器人1在基站2上进行清洗或者充电过程中,压块能够对清洁机器人1进行定位。In one embodiment, the base station main body 300 further includes a guide top surface 362, and the guide top surface 362 is provided with a pressing block for contacting the cleaning robot 1, so that the cleaning robot 1 is cleaning or charging on the base station 2. The pressing block can position the cleaning robot 1 .
具体的,压块位于清洗槽301的上方,即清洗槽301位于导向底面308上,而压块位于导向顶面362上,从高度方向来看,压块位于清洗槽301的上方。Specifically, the pressure block is located above the cleaning tank 301 , that is, the cleaning tank 301 is located on the guide bottom surface 308 , and the pressure block is located on the guide top surface 362 . Viewed from the height direction, the pressure block is located above the cleaning tank 301 .
在一个实施例中,如图1和图2所示,清洁机器人1在基站2上进行拖地滚刷130的 清洗,此时压块包括第一压块363,第一压块363与清洁机器人1相接触,从而防止清洁机器人1在清洗过程中产生跳动。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , the cleaning robot 1 cleans the mopping roller brush 130 on the base station 2 . At this time, the pressing block includes a first pressing block 363 , the first pressing block 363 and the cleaning robot 1 contact, thereby preventing the cleaning robot 1 from jumping during the cleaning process.
具体的,结合图12,导向侧面309上设置有减速检测凹槽374和切换检测凹槽373,清洁机器人1的沿墙传感器222检测到减速检测凹槽374后,清洁机器人1减速并继续移动,当沿墙传感器222检测到切换检测凹槽373后,第一压块363与清洁机器人1相接触,且清洁机器人1停止移动,此时,清洁机器人1的拖地滚刷130的下部浸没于清洗槽301内,以此进行清洗,此过程中,第一压块363防止清洁机器人1在清洗过程中产生跳动,即第一压块363用于在竖向对清洁机器人1的运动进行限制。Specifically, referring to FIG. 12, the guide side surface 309 is provided with a deceleration detection groove 374 and a switching detection groove 373. After the wall sensor 222 of the cleaning robot 1 detects the deceleration detection groove 374, the cleaning robot 1 decelerates and continues to move, When the wall sensor 222 detects the switching detection groove 373, the first pressing block 363 contacts the cleaning robot 1, and the cleaning robot 1 stops moving. At this time, the lower part of the mopping roller brush 130 of the cleaning robot 1 is immersed in the cleaning robot 1. The first pressing block 363 prevents the cleaning robot 1 from jumping during the cleaning process, that is, the first pressing block 363 is used to limit the movement of the cleaning robot 1 vertically.
在一个实施例中,第一压块363可以为多个,第一压块363可以是滑轮或凸块。In one embodiment, there may be multiple first pressing blocks 363, and the first pressing blocks 363 may be pulleys or bumps.
在一个实施例中,如图4和图5所示,清洁机器人1在基站2上进行充电,或者拖地滚刷130通过干燥机构350进行烘干,此时压块包括第二压块364,第二压块364与清洁机器人1相接触,从而防止清洁机器人1移动过量,即保证第一充电接触极片360和第二充电接触极片210可靠电连接,且拖地滚刷130在干燥机构350的作用下进行烘干。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 , the cleaning robot 1 is charged on the base station 2 , or the mopping roller brush 130 is dried by the drying mechanism 350 . At this time, the pressing block includes a second pressing block 364 . The second pressing block 364 is in contact with the cleaning robot 1, so as to prevent the cleaning robot 1 from moving too much, that is, to ensure that the first charging contact pole piece 360 and the second charging contact pole piece 210 are electrically connected reliably, and the mopping roller brush 130 is in the drying mechanism. Dry under the action of 350.
在一个实施例中,第二压块364为限位块,其配置成从基站2的导向顶面362向下凸起形成,能够限制清洁机器人1向某一方向的继续运动;与第二压块364相互配合的部件为清洁机器人1上的某一凸起构件,例如激光测距传感器223,当清洁机器人1以某一方式进入基站2,并且当凸起的激光测距传感器223与基站2上的第二压块364抵接时,清洁机器人1便不能进一步继续移动。In one embodiment, the second pressing block 364 is a limiting block, which is configured to protrude downward from the guiding top surface 362 of the base station 2, and can limit the continued movement of the cleaning robot 1 in a certain direction; The parts of the block 364 that cooperate with each other are a certain raised member on the cleaning robot 1, such as the laser ranging sensor 223, when the cleaning robot 1 enters the base station 2 in a certain way, and when the raised laser ranging sensor 223 is connected to the base station 2 When the second pressing block 364 on the top is in contact, the cleaning robot 1 cannot continue to move further.
在一个实施例中,在清洁机器人1在基站2上进行充电,或者拖地滚刷130通过干燥机构350进行烘干的过程中或者充电或烘干完成后,可以在主机在充电桩上充电的状态下或完成充电的状态下取出尘盒。而相反地,当清洁机器人1在基站2上进行清洗时,由于尘盒在清洁机器人1上的设置位置与基站2上某些部件干涉,从而不能实现尘盒的取出。In one embodiment, when the cleaning robot 1 is being charged on the base station 2, or the mopping roller brush 130 is being dried by the drying mechanism 350, or after the charging or drying is completed, the main unit can be charged on the charging pile. Remove the dust box in the state or when the charging is completed. On the contrary, when the cleaning robot 1 is cleaning on the base station 2, the dust box cannot be taken out because the setting position of the dust box on the cleaning robot 1 interferes with some components on the base station 2.
在一个实施例中,基站2上设置有通讯模块370,基站2的通讯模块370与清洁机器人1的红外通信模块220相通信,从而能够使得清洁机器人1获取基站2的状态,并能够向基站2发送指令。In one embodiment, the base station 2 is provided with a communication module 370 , and the communication module 370 of the base station 2 communicates with the infrared communication module 220 of the cleaning robot 1 , so that the cleaning robot 1 can obtain the status of the base station 2 and can report to the base station 2 Send instructions.
本公开一个实施例的清洁机器人通过拖地滚刷130能够实现对待清洁表面的清洁,且拖地滚刷130能够在基站2上实现自动清洁。The cleaning robot according to an embodiment of the present disclosure can clean the surface to be cleaned by the mopping roller brush 130 , and the mopping roller brush 130 can realize automatic cleaning on the base station 2 .
在一个实施例中,请参考图15至图36,清洁机器人包括:本体200,本体200包括底盘201;扫地滚刷120;拖地滚刷130;其中,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130位置可调节地设置在底盘201上,以使扫地滚刷120或拖地滚刷130处于工作位置。In one embodiment, please refer to FIG. 15 to FIG. 36 , the cleaning robot includes: a main body 200 , the main body 200 includes a chassis 201 ; a sweeping roller brush 120 ; a mopping roller brush 130 ; The position is adjustable on the chassis 201, so that the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position.
本公开一个实施例的清洁机器人通过使得扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130位置可调节地设置在底盘201上,从而能够使得扫地滚刷120或拖地滚刷130处于工作位置,以此实现扫地滚刷120或拖地滚刷130的单独使用,避免扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130同步清洁所带来的损耗较大,且可能出现清洁不干净的问题。In the cleaning robot according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are arranged on the chassis 201 in an adjustable position, so that the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 can be in the working position, so as to realize The use of the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 alone avoids the large loss caused by the simultaneous cleaning of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130, and the problem of unclean cleaning may occur.
需要说明的是,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130用于清洁待清洁表面,例如地面。如图23和图29所示,当扫地滚刷120与待清洁表面相接触,而拖地滚刷130与待清洁表面相分离时,扫地滚刷120所处位置为工作位置;相应地,如图24和图30所示,当扫地滚刷120与待清洁表面相分离,而拖地滚刷130与待清洁表面相接触时,拖地滚刷130所处位置为工作位置。工作位置是一个表征可以实现清洁的位置,即清洁机器人的扫地滚刷120或拖地滚刷130可以实现清洁待清洁表面。It should be noted that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are used to clean the surface to be cleaned, such as the ground. As shown in FIG. 23 and FIG. 29 , when the sweeping roller brush 120 is in contact with the surface to be cleaned, and the mopping roller brush 130 is separated from the surface to be cleaned, the position where the sweeping roller brush 120 is located is the working position; As shown in FIGS. 24 and 30 , when the sweeping roller brush 120 is separated from the surface to be cleaned and the mopping roller brush 130 is in contact with the to-be-cleaned surface, the position of the mopping roller brush 130 is the working position. The working position is a position that indicates that cleaning can be achieved, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 of the cleaning robot can achieve cleaning of the surface to be cleaned.
需要注意的是,清洁机器人1在上桩过程中,即移动至基站2上的过程中,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130可以与基站2均间隔设置,即扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130均不处于工作位置,即处于一种中间状态,该中间状态可以在某些特殊情形下使得清洁机器人1能够方便行走,该中间状态可以通过控制扫拖模组切换驱动机构/电机的占空比来实现。并在清洁机器人1移动到位后,拖地滚刷130转动至工作位置,从而使得拖地滚刷130的下部位于清洗槽301内。或者,清洁机器人1在上桩过程中,扫地滚刷120位于工作位置,在清洁机器人1移动到位后,拖地滚刷130转动至工作位置。或者,清洁机器人1在上桩过程中,扫地滚刷120某些时间段位于工作位置,而某些时间段扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130均不处于工作位置,在清洁机器人1移动到位后,拖地滚刷130转动至工作位置。对于扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130的具体上桩状态此处不作限定,只要保证拖地滚刷130能够在清洗槽301内实现清洗即可。It should be noted that, in the process of the cleaning robot 1 being piled up, that is, in the process of moving to the base station 2, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 can be set at intervals from the base station 2, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping None of the roller brushes 130 are in the working position, that is, in an intermediate state, which can enable the cleaning robot 1 to walk easily under some special circumstances, and the intermediate state can be controlled by controlling the sweeping and mopping module to switch the driving mechanism/motor. duty cycle to achieve. And after the cleaning robot 1 moves in place, the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated to the working position, so that the lower part of the mopping roller brush 130 is located in the cleaning tank 301 . Alternatively, during the pile-up process of the cleaning robot 1, the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position, and after the cleaning robot 1 moves to the position, the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated to the working position. Alternatively, during the pile-up process of the cleaning robot 1, the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position for certain periods of time, but neither the sweeping roller brush 120 nor the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position during certain periods of time, and the cleaning robot 1 moves to the right position. Afterwards, the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated to the working position. The specific pile-up states of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are not limited here, as long as it is ensured that the mopping roller brush 130 can be cleaned in the cleaning tank 301 .
尽管本公开在描述的过程以在基站2的清洗槽301内对拖地滚刷130的清洗为例,可以理解的是,本公开的基站2还可以用于在清洗槽301内对扫地滚刷120进行清洗,可选择地,还可以在清洗槽301内,同时对扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130进行清洗。Although the process described in the present disclosure takes the cleaning of the mopping roller brush 130 in the cleaning tank 301 of the base station 2 as an example, it can be understood that the base station 2 of the present disclosure can also be used for cleaning the cleaning roller brush in the cleaning tank 301 120 for cleaning, optionally, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 may also be cleaned simultaneously in the cleaning tank 301 .
在一个实施例中,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130均相对于底盘201可转动地设置,即在扫地滚刷120处于工位位置时,扫地滚刷120转动以清洁待清洁表面,在拖地滚刷130处于工位位置时,拖地滚刷130转动以清洁待清洁表面。In one embodiment, both the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are rotatably arranged relative to the chassis 201, that is, when the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the station position, the sweeping roller brush 120 rotates to clean the surface to be cleaned, When the mopping roller brush 130 is in the station position, the mopping roller brush 130 rotates to clean the surface to be cleaned.
需要注意的是,拖地滚刷130在基站2上进行清洗过程中,即拖地滚刷130的下部位于清洗槽301内,拖地滚刷130也需要通过转动进行清洗。It should be noted that during the cleaning process of the mopping roller brush 130 on the base station 2, that is, the lower part of the mopping roller brush 130 is located in the cleaning tank 301, the mopping roller brush 130 also needs to be rotated for cleaning.
需要说明的是,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130的中心线可以在同一个平面上,即扫地 滚刷120的延伸方向和拖地滚刷130的延伸方向相一致,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130的转轴相平行。It should be noted that the centerlines of the sweeping brush 120 and the mopping brush 130 may be on the same plane, that is, the extension direction of the sweeping brush 120 and the extension direction of the mopping brush 130 are consistent, and the sweeping brush 120 and The rotation axes of the mopping roller brushes 130 are parallel.
在一个实施例中,如图15和图16所示,本体200还包括前撞组件203,前撞组件203设置在底盘201的前边缘;其中,前撞组件203包括直板段,直板段位于清洁机器人的最前端,拖地滚刷130相比于扫地滚刷120更靠近直板段,即拖地滚刷130位于本体200的前端,而前撞组件203可以为U型结构,从而使得本体整体为D字形,具体可以参考图1至图8。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15 and FIG. 16 , the main body 200 further includes a front crash assembly 203 , which is disposed on the front edge of the chassis 201 ; wherein, the front crash assembly 203 includes a straight plate segment, and the straight plate segment is located in the clean At the front end of the robot, the mopping roller brush 130 is closer to the straight section than the sweeping roller brush 120, that is, the mopping roller brush 130 is located at the front end of the main body 200, and the front collision assembly 203 can be a U-shaped structure, so that the entire main body is D-shaped, for details, please refer to FIG. 1 to FIG. 8 .
需要说明的是,如图16所示,前撞组件203上设置有防护传感器2031,防护传感器2031设置在前撞组件203的直板段上,即设置在清洁机器人的最前端,防护传感器2031用于响应前撞碰到障碍物,可以用来计量障碍物相对于本体200的位置。防护传感器2031可以为光遮断/光耦传感器、霍尔效应传感器等。It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 16 , the front collision assembly 203 is provided with a protective sensor 2031, and the protective sensor 2031 is disposed on the straight plate section of the front collision assembly 203, that is, at the front end of the cleaning robot, and the protective sensor 2031 is used for The position of the obstacle relative to the body 200 can be measured in response to the collision before hitting the obstacle. The guard sensor 2031 may be a photo-interrupting/photo-coupler sensor, a Hall-effect sensor, or the like.
可选的,前撞组件203的直板段上设置有多个防护传感器2031。U型结构的前撞组件203还包括设置于直板段两侧的两个侧板段,两个侧板段上可以均设置有一个或多个防护传感器2031。进一步的,直板段上的防护传感器2031和侧板段上的防护传感器2031可以做触发灵敏度分区处理,从而使得清洁机器人行进或进入沿墙时,各个防护传感器2031可以按需求触发,以此使得清洁机器人正确识别障碍物位置。Optionally, a plurality of protection sensors 2031 are provided on the straight plate section of the front crash assembly 203 . The front crash assembly 203 of the U-shaped structure further includes two side plate segments arranged on both sides of the straight plate segment, and one or more protection sensors 2031 may be provided on the two side plate segments. Further, the protection sensor 2031 on the straight plate segment and the protection sensor 2031 on the side plate segment can be used for trigger sensitivity partition processing, so that when the cleaning robot travels or enters the wall, each protection sensor 2031 can be triggered as required, so that the cleaning robot can be triggered. The robot correctly identifies the obstacle location.
具体的,直板段上的防护传感器2031的触发压力或者触发行程可以大于侧板段上的防护传感器2031的触发压力或者触发行程,即使得侧板段上的防护传感器2031更容易触发,以此使得清洁机器人更加顺利进入沿墙。Specifically, the trigger pressure or trigger stroke of the guard sensor 2031 on the straight plate segment can be greater than the trigger pressure or trigger stroke of the guard sensor 2031 on the side panel segment, that is, the guard sensor 2031 on the side panel segment can be more easily triggered, so that the Cleaner robots enter along walls more smoothly.
触发灵敏度分区处理可以采用灵敏度不同的防护传感器2031,即直板段上的防护传感器2031的灵敏度可以小于侧板段上的防护传感器2031的灵敏度。或者,在前撞组件203和底盘201之间设置有缓冲结构,例如,可以在直板段以及侧板段上设置有缓冲结构,从而可以通过调整缓冲结构来调整按压直板段以及侧板段所需要的力,例如,按压侧板段需要2.5N,而按压侧板段需要5N,即实现了对直板段上的防护传感器2031和侧板段上的防护传感器2031的触发灵敏度分区处理。缓冲结构可以是弹簧、弹片、钢丝、钢片等结构,此处不作限定。在本实施例中,直板段上可以设置有两个防护传感器2031,而两个侧板段上可以分别设置有一个防护传感器2031,而每个防护传感器2031可以均对应有一个缓冲结构,因此在实现对前撞组件203的左前、左侧、右前、右侧按压,防护传感器2031的灵敏度触发压力可以基本相同,例如可以是2.5N左右,而在对正中间按压时,防护传感器2031的灵敏度触发压力可以是5N左右,即实现了直板段上的防护传感器2031和侧板 段上的防护传感器2031可以做触发灵敏度分区处理,此时,各个防护传感器2031可以均相一致,即各个防护传感器2031自身的灵敏度均相一致,而是通过控制外部受力来实现对触发灵敏度分区处理。Guarding sensors 2031 with different sensitivities can be used for triggering sensitivity zone processing, that is, the sensitivity of the guarding sensor 2031 on the straight plate segment can be smaller than the sensitivity of the guarding sensor 2031 on the side plate segment. Alternatively, a buffer structure is provided between the front crash assembly 203 and the chassis 201. For example, a buffer structure may be provided on the straight plate segment and the side plate segment, so that the need for pressing the straight plate segment and the side plate segment can be adjusted by adjusting the buffer structure. For example, 2.5N is required to press the side plate segment, and 5N is required to press the side plate segment, that is, the trigger sensitivity partition processing of the guard sensor 2031 on the straight plate segment and the guard sensor 2031 on the side plate segment is realized. The buffer structure can be a structure such as a spring, an elastic sheet, a steel wire, a steel sheet, etc., which is not limited here. In this embodiment, two guard sensors 2031 may be provided on the straight plate segment, and one guard sensor 2031 may be provided on each of the two side panel segments, and each guard sensor 2031 may have a corresponding buffer structure. To achieve the left front, left, right front, and right sides of the front collision assembly 203, the sensitivity triggering pressure of the protective sensor 2031 can be basically the same, for example, it can be about 2.5N, and when the center is pressed, the sensitivity of the protective sensor 2031 is triggered. The pressure can be about 5N, that is, the protection sensor 2031 on the straight plate segment and the protection sensor 2031 on the side plate segment can be used for trigger sensitivity partition processing. At this time, each protection sensor 2031 can be consistent, that is, each protection sensor 2031 itself The sensitivities are the same, but the trigger sensitivity is divided into zones by controlling the external force.
需要说明的是,防护传感器2031也可以设置于底盘201的前边缘上,具体设置位置可以对应U型结构的前撞组件203的直板段以及侧板段,此处不作赘述。It should be noted that the protection sensor 2031 can also be disposed on the front edge of the chassis 201 , and the specific location can correspond to the straight plate section and the side plate section of the front impact assembly 203 of the U-shaped structure, which will not be repeated here.
在拖地滚刷130进行清洗时,前撞组件203朝向基站2进行上桩,即前撞组件203位于基站2的最内侧。When the mopping roller brush 130 is being cleaned, the front bumper assembly 203 is piled toward the base station 2 , that is, the front bumper assembly 203 is located at the innermost side of the base station 2 .
在一个实施例中,如图15所示,本体200上设置有红外通信模块220,红外通信模块220用于实现清洁机器人与基站的数据通信,保证清洁机器人能够寻找到基站,且能够准确相对于基站移动,以此实现通过基站的充电以及对拖地滚刷130的清洗。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15 , the body 200 is provided with an infrared communication module 220. The infrared communication module 220 is used to realize data communication between the cleaning robot and the base station, so as to ensure that the cleaning robot can find the base station and can accurately correspond to the base station. The base station moves, thereby realizing charging through the base station and cleaning of the mopping roller brush 130 .
在一个实施例中,如图15所示,底盘201上设置有地毯识别模组221,地毯识别模组221设置于底盘201靠近扫地滚刷120或拖地滚刷130的一侧,地毯识别模组221可以根据地毯识别模组的识别情况进行扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130的转换,即可以根据待清洁表面的类型来使得扫地滚刷120或拖地滚刷130处于工位位置。例如,在拖地过程中,如果地毯识别模组221识别到地毯材质,则可以升起拖地滚刷130而放下扫地滚刷120,以使得拖地模块处于非工位位置避免打湿地毯;如果识别到走到地毯材质尽头进入地板材质,则执行相反的操作,放下拖地滚刷130继续执行拖地模式。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15 , the chassis 201 is provided with a carpet identification module 221 , and the carpet identification module 221 is disposed on the side of the chassis 201 close to the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 . The group 221 can switch between the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 according to the recognition status of the carpet identification module, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller brush 130 can be in the station position according to the type of the surface to be cleaned. For example, during the mopping process, if the carpet identification module 221 recognizes the material of the carpet, the mopping roller brush 130 can be raised and the sweeping roller brush 120 can be lowered, so that the mopping module is in a non-station position to avoid wetting the carpet; If it is recognized that the end of the carpet material enters the floor material, the opposite operation is performed, and the mopping roller brush 130 is put down to continue to perform the mopping mode.
优选地,地毯识别模组221可以为超声传感器、红外传感器等,它们工作时均通过发射和接收地面反射信号来进行材质识别。例如,当地面为地板材质时,传感器的接收器能接收到发射器发出的经地板反射的回波信号;而当为地毯等材质时,由于反射性能差,不能有效地将发射器发出的信号反射给接收器。当然,依靠该地毯识别模组221,还可以检测底盘201在行走过程中是否平行于地面,如果不平行于地面,传感器发射器发出的经地面反射的回波信号由于偏离而不能被接收器接收,以此可以判定清洁机器人与清洁表面不平行。但是,以上接收不到回波信号不能区别到底是地毯材质引起的还是不平行与地面引起的,此时可以结合其他类型传感器的结果综合判断,例如陀螺仪等。当未接收到回波信号时,可以通过与清洁组件电连接的控制器对清洁组件的切换或运转状况进行控制,例如可以控制拖地滚刷130停转来实现不会打湿地毯,或由于不平行与地面,比如越障过程中,导致清洁件上的水被刮下来;此后,当再次检测到回波信号时,恢复拖地滚刷130的运转。当然,也可以依次延伸,只要地毯识别模组221检测不到回波信号时,将所有清洁组件停转以避免以上情况的发生。Preferably, the carpet identification module 221 can be an ultrasonic sensor, an infrared sensor, etc., which all perform material identification by transmitting and receiving ground reflection signals during operation. For example, when the ground is a floor material, the receiver of the sensor can receive the echo signal reflected by the floor from the transmitter; while when it is made of carpet and other materials, due to poor reflection performance, the signal sent by the transmitter cannot be effectively transmitted. reflected to the receiver. Of course, depending on the carpet identification module 221, it is also possible to detect whether the chassis 201 is parallel to the ground during the walking process. If it is not parallel to the ground, the echo signal reflected by the ground sent by the sensor transmitter cannot be received by the receiver due to the deviation. , it can be determined that the cleaning robot is not parallel to the cleaning surface. However, if the echo signal is not received above, it is impossible to distinguish whether it is caused by the carpet material or not parallel to the ground. At this time, it can be comprehensively judged by combining the results of other types of sensors, such as gyroscopes. When no echo signal is received, the switching or operating status of the cleaning assembly can be controlled by the controller electrically connected to the cleaning assembly, for example, the mopping roller brush 130 can be controlled to stop so as not to wet the carpet, or due to If it is not parallel to the ground, for example, in the process of crossing obstacles, the water on the cleaning element is scraped off; after that, when the echo signal is detected again, the operation of the mopping roller brush 130 is resumed. Of course, it can also be extended in sequence, as long as the carpet identification module 221 cannot detect the echo signal, all cleaning components will be stopped to avoid the above situation.
在一个实施例中,如图15所示,本体200上设置有沿墙传感器222,以此保证清洁机器人可以沿着墙壁可靠行走,且沿墙传感器222可以与基站2的减速检测凹槽374和切换检测凹槽373互动,保证清洁机器人稳定移动以及可靠停止移动。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15 , the body 200 is provided with a sensor 222 along the wall, so as to ensure that the cleaning robot can walk reliably along the wall, and the sensor 222 along the wall can be connected with the deceleration detection grooves 374 and 374 of the base station 2 . The interaction of the switching detection grooves 373 ensures stable movement and reliable stop of the cleaning robot.
在一个实施例中,本体200上设置有悬崖传感器,在使用清洁机器人的过程中,为了防止清洁机器人在例如室内楼梯、较高的台阶等处掉落,当悬崖传感器检测到悬崖边缘时可控制行走轮组件205,以避免机器人从台阶上掉落下去。悬崖传感器一般采用超声或红外传感器,基本原理是通过传感器内设置的发射器向清洁表面发射信号,并通过传感器内设置的接收器接收经清洁表面反射回来的信号。一方面可以根据接收器接收到反射信号的时间间隔来确认是否存在悬崖;另一方面可以根据接收器接收到的反射信号的强度进行其他环境状况的判断,比如作为清洁表面材质的辅助判断、清洁表面脏污程度的判断等等。在判断脏污程度的基础上,又可以进一步对清洁机器人的清洁能力或清洁表面的清洁程度进行判断,例如:在清洁组件两边设置的悬崖传感器,可以分别表征清洁前后某一点或某一与清洁机器人前进方向垂直的线段上的脏污差别,具体的计算统计方法在此不作赘述。In one embodiment, the body 200 is provided with a cliff sensor. In the process of using the cleaning robot, in order to prevent the cleaning robot from falling off, for example, indoor stairs, higher steps, etc., when the cliff sensor detects the edge of the cliff, it can control the A walking wheel assembly 205 to prevent the robot from falling off the steps. Cliff sensors generally use ultrasonic or infrared sensors. The basic principle is to transmit signals to the clean surface through the transmitter set in the sensor, and receive the signal reflected from the clean surface through the receiver set in the sensor. On the one hand, it can be confirmed whether there is a cliff according to the time interval when the receiver receives the reflected signal; Judgment of the degree of surface contamination, etc. On the basis of judging the degree of contamination, the cleaning ability of the cleaning robot or the degree of cleanliness of the cleaning surface can be further judged. For example, the cliff sensors set on both sides of the cleaning component can respectively represent a certain point before and after cleaning or a certain point before and after cleaning. The contamination difference on the line segment perpendicular to the advancing direction of the robot, the specific calculation and statistical method will not be repeated here.
在一个实施例中,行走轮组件205为至少两个,通过行走轮组件205实现清洁机器人的移动,且清洁机器人还包括万向轮206,万向轮206可用于实现清洁机器人1灵活转向等。In one embodiment, there are at least two traveling wheel assemblies 205 , and the cleaning robot can move through the traveling wheel assemblies 205 , and the cleaning robot further includes a universal wheel 206 , which can be used to realize flexible steering of the cleaning robot 1 .
在一个实施例中,如图22所示,本体200上设置有激光测距传感器223(Laser Distance Sensor,LDS),即激光雷达,通过高速旋转发射激光,再通过激光发射后触及障碍物反射回来的光斑判断自己和障碍物之间的距离,从而判断相对位置,实现定位。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 22 , the body 200 is provided with a laser distance sensor 223 (Laser Distance Sensor, LDS), that is, a laser radar, which emits laser light through high-speed rotation, and then touches an obstacle and reflects back through the laser light emission The light spot judges the distance between itself and the obstacle, so as to judge the relative position and realize the positioning.
在一个实施例中,如图15所示,本体200还包括侧板202,侧板202设置在底盘201的侧边缘,本体200还包括:第二充电接触极片210,第二充电接触极片210突出、平齐或凹陷于侧板202设置,用于与基站的第一充电接触极片360相接触,以此实现充电。在本公开中,与清洁机器人配合的基站由于其最内侧设置有供清洁机器人的清洁机构湿式清洗的构件,比如水槽等,清洁机器人运动至基站后,无论前部还是后部都无法实现安全地充电,因此本公开优选地将充电位置设置在清洁机器人和基站侧部,既远离湿式构件避免短路风险,又能方便地进行设计布置。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15 , the main body 200 further includes a side plate 202 , the side plate 202 is disposed on the side edge of the chassis 201 , and the main body 200 further includes: a second charging contact pole piece 210 , a second charging contact pole piece 210 is protruded, flushed or recessed and disposed on the side plate 202, and is used for contacting with the first charging contact pole piece 360 of the base station, so as to realize charging. In the present disclosure, since the innermost part of the base station cooperating with the cleaning robot is provided with components for wet cleaning of the cleaning mechanism of the cleaning robot, such as a water tank, after the cleaning robot moves to the base station, neither the front nor the rear can achieve safe cleaning. Therefore, the present disclosure preferably sets the charging position on the side of the cleaning robot and the base station, which is far away from the wet components to avoid the risk of short circuit, and can be conveniently arranged in the design.
可以理解的是,机器人在进出基站过程中,本体200的侧板202会与基站上的充电极片刮擦,有可能损坏机器人。基于此,可以在基站上设置浮动极片,在浮动极片与机器人相对的后部设置磁吸件,同样,将机器人上的充电接触极片210后部也设置与上述磁吸件 配合的另一部件,从而形成一对相互作用的磁吸组件,当机器人上的充电接触极片210与基站上的浮动极片对应并对齐之后,磁吸组件的作用使得浮动极片弹出并接触充电接触极片210,实现充电;当然此处的磁吸组件优选可为电磁磁吸组件,当充电结束后,主控单元能够控制该电磁磁吸组件断电,便于磁吸组件的相互分离。另外的一种方式中,本体200的侧板202上的充电接触极片210设置方式不变,将基站侧部的导向轮通过适当的材质设置、并以合适的方式电连接至电源,这样导向轮可以兼具导向和充电的功能;当然该导向轮也可以以浮动的方式设置在基站内侧壁上,当机器人的充电接触极片210运动至与导向轮相应位置时,浮动的导向轮能够适应于突出、平齐或凹陷于侧板202设置的充电接触极片210,实现良好的接触。It can be understood that, when the robot enters and leaves the base station, the side plate 202 of the body 200 will scrape with the charging pole piece on the base station, which may damage the robot. Based on this, a floating pole piece can be set on the base station, and a magnetic attraction piece can be set at the rear of the floating pole piece opposite to the robot. Similarly, another charging contact pole piece 210 on the robot can also be set at the rear to cooperate with the above magnetic attraction piece. After the charging contact pole piece 210 on the robot corresponds to and aligns with the floating pole piece on the base station, the action of the magnetic attraction component makes the floating pole piece pop out and contact the charging contact pole Piece 210, to realize charging; of course, the magnetic attraction component here is preferably an electromagnetic magnetic attraction component. After charging, the main control unit can control the electromagnetic magnetic attraction component to power off, so as to facilitate the separation of the magnetic attraction components. In another way, the setting method of the charging contact pole piece 210 on the side plate 202 of the main body 200 remains unchanged, and the guide wheel on the side of the base station is set with a suitable material and electrically connected to the power supply in a suitable way, so as to guide the The wheel can have both guiding and charging functions; of course, the guiding wheel can also be set on the inner side wall of the base station in a floating manner. When the charging contact pole piece 210 of the robot moves to the position corresponding to the guiding wheel, the floating guiding wheel can adapt to Good contact is achieved by the charging contact pole pieces 210 disposed protruding, flush or recessed on the side plate 202 .
在一个实施例中,如图15所示,本体200还包括顶盖204,顶盖204与底盘201相连接,从而形成了清洁机器人的整体框架,而本体200内部安装有电池模块,通过电池盖板208将电池模块封装在本体200内,其中,电池盖板208与底盘201相连接。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15 , the body 200 further includes a top cover 204 which is connected with the chassis 201 to form an integral frame of the cleaning robot, and a battery module is installed inside the body 200 through the battery cover The plate 208 encapsulates the battery module within the body 200 , wherein the battery cover plate 208 is connected to the chassis 201 .
在一个实施例中,如图25A和图26所示,清洁机器人还包括:转动组件110,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130均设置在转动组件110上,转动组件110设置在底盘201上,以使扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130通过转动组件110设置在底盘201上;其中,转动组件110可转动地设置在底盘201上,以使扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130在工作位置进行切换,即转动组件110能够保证扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130同步发生位置变化,从而实现扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130的位置切换,保证扫地滚刷120或拖地滚刷130处于工位位置,以进行后续清洁。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 25A and 26 , the cleaning robot further includes: a rotating assembly 110 , the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are both disposed on the rotating assembly 110 , and the rotating assembly 110 is disposed on the chassis 201 , so that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are arranged on the chassis 201 through the rotating assembly 110; wherein the rotating assembly 110 is rotatably disposed on the chassis 201, so that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 The working position is switched, that is, the rotating assembly 110 can ensure that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 change their positions synchronously, so as to realize the position switching of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130, and ensure the sweeping roller brush 120 or the mopping roller. The roller brush 130 is in the station position for subsequent cleaning.
需要说明的是,转动组件110相对于底盘201的转动可以通过相关技术中的驱动机构进行驱动,例如,驱动机构包括伸缩杆,伸缩杆与转动组件110相连接,通过伸缩杆的伸出与缩回实现对转动组件110的驱动,从而使得转动组件110相对于底盘201转动。或者,驱动机构包括驱动轴,驱动轴与转动组件110相连接,从而通过驱动轴的正转以及反转能够实现对转动组件110的驱动,从而使得转动组件110相对于底盘201转动。It should be noted that the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 relative to the chassis 201 can be driven by a drive mechanism in the related art. For example, the drive mechanism includes a telescopic rod, and the telescopic rod is connected to the rotating assembly 110. The extension and retraction of the telescopic rod The driving of the rotating assembly 110 is realized, so that the rotating assembly 110 is rotated relative to the chassis 201 . Alternatively, the drive mechanism includes a drive shaft, which is connected to the rotating assembly 110 , so that the rotating assembly 110 can be driven through the forward rotation and reverse rotation of the driving shaft, so that the rotating assembly 110 rotates relative to the chassis 201 .
需要注意的是,转动组件110可以直接安装于底盘201上,转动组件110也可以是间接安装于底盘201上,即转动组件110可以通过其他部件安装于底盘201上,但需要保证转动组件110可以相对于底盘201转动。It should be noted that the rotating assembly 110 can be directly installed on the chassis 201, and the rotating assembly 110 can also be indirectly installed on the chassis 201, that is, the rotating assembly 110 can be installed on the chassis 201 through other components, but it is necessary to ensure that the rotating assembly 110 can be installed on the chassis 201. Rotate relative to the chassis 201 .
在一个实施例中,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130中的至少之一相对于转动组件110可转动地设置,即扫地滚刷120和/或拖地滚刷130通过转动实现清洁。In one embodiment, at least one of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 is rotatably disposed relative to the rotating assembly 110 , that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 and/or the mopping roller brush 130 is rotated to achieve cleaning.
在一个实施例中,如图26所示,转动组件110具有第一容纳腔和第二容纳腔,扫地滚刷120设置于第一容纳腔内,拖地滚刷130设置于第二容纳腔内,从而保证扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130的稳定设置,不会出现脱离等问题。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 26 , the rotating assembly 110 has a first accommodating cavity and a second accommodating cavity, the sweeping roller brush 120 is arranged in the first accommodating cavity, and the mopping roller brush 130 is arranged in the second accommodating cavity , so as to ensure the stable setting of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 without problems such as separation.
在一个实施例中,第一容纳腔113和第二容纳腔114的至少部分独立设置,以此防止扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130出现干涉等问题,保证扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130正常工作。In one embodiment, at least part of the first accommodating cavity 113 and the second accommodating cavity 114 are set independently, so as to prevent problems such as interference between the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130, and ensure that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller Brush 130 works fine.
具体的,第一容纳腔113和第二容纳腔114独立设置,即扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130相互不影响,在扫地滚刷120扫地时,灰尘不至于大量进入到第二容纳腔114内,避免拖地滚刷130变脏,而当拖地滚刷130为湿清洁构件时,其本身会有一定的水分,因此也可以避免拖地滚刷130上的水分进入到第一容纳腔113内。Specifically, the first accommodating cavity 113 and the second accommodating cavity 114 are provided independently, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 do not affect each other, and when the sweeping roller brush 120 sweeps the floor, a large amount of dust will not enter the second accommodating cavity. 114, to prevent the mopping roller brush 130 from becoming dirty, and when the mopping roller brush 130 is a wet cleaning member, it will have a certain amount of moisture, so it can also prevent the moisture on the mopping roller brush 130 from entering the first container. inside the cavity 113 .
在一个实施例中,如图26所示,转动组件110包括:浮动支架111,浮动支架111可转动地设置在底盘201上;盖板件112,盖板件112与浮动支架111相连接,盖板件112与浮动支架111形成第一容纳腔和第二容纳腔,不仅可以保证扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130相对隔离,且能够保证扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130的安装稳定性。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 26 , the rotating assembly 110 includes: a floating bracket 111 , which is rotatably disposed on the chassis 201 ; a cover member 112 , which is connected to the floating bracket 111 , and the cover The plate 112 and the floating bracket 111 form a first accommodating cavity and a second accommodating cavity, which can not only ensure the relative isolation of the sweeping brush 120 and the mopping brush 130, but also ensure the stable installation of the sweeping brush 120 and the mopping brush 130 sex.
具体的,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130均可转动地设置在浮动支架111上,且扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130均可拆卸地安装在浮动支架111上,而盖板件112与浮动支架111为可拆卸地相连接,即可以方便地更换扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130。Specifically, both the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 can be rotatably arranged on the floating bracket 111 , and both the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 can be detachably installed on the floating bracket 111 , and the cover plate 112 and the floating bracket 111 are detachably connected, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 can be easily replaced.
需要说明的是,扫地滚刷120的中心线和拖地滚刷130的中心线可以相平行。It should be noted that the center line of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the center line of the mopping roller brush 130 may be parallel.
在本实施例中,盖板件112与浮动支架111卡接、粘结或者通过紧固件相连接,即在保证盖板件112与浮动支架111可拆卸的基础上,不限定盖板件112与浮动支架111的连接方式。In this embodiment, the cover member 112 is snapped, bonded or connected with the floating bracket 111 , that is, on the basis of ensuring that the cover member 112 and the floating bracket 111 are detachable, the cover member 112 is not limited Connection with the floating bracket 111 .
在一个实施例中,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130均不可拆卸地安装在浮动支架111上,而盖板件112与浮动支架111也可以是不可拆卸地相连接。In one embodiment, both the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are non-detachably mounted on the floating bracket 111 , and the cover member 112 and the floating bracket 111 may also be non-detachably connected.
在一个实施例中,如图26和图27所示,第一容纳腔113的延伸方向平行于第二容纳腔114的延伸方向,盖板件112上设置有防卷齿1121,防卷齿1121朝向第一容纳腔113的腔口设置,从而可以避免扫地滚刷120工作时,大物体被扫地滚刷120卷入第一容纳腔113。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 26 and 27 , the extension direction of the first accommodating cavity 113 is parallel to the extension direction of the second accommodating cavity 114 , and the cover plate 112 is provided with anti-roll teeth 1121 , and the anti-roll teeth 1121 It is disposed toward the cavity opening of the first accommodating cavity 113 , so that large objects can be prevented from being drawn into the first accommodating cavity 113 by the sweeping roll brush 120 when the sweeping roll brush 120 is working.
具体的,防卷齿1121可以是多个,多个防卷齿1121间隔地设置盖板件112上,即多个防卷齿1121沿第一容纳腔113的延伸方向依次布置,从而保证大物体不会被扫地滚刷120卷入第一容纳腔113。Specifically, there may be a plurality of anti-roll teeth 1121, and the plurality of anti-roll teeth 1121 are arranged on the cover member 112 at intervals, that is, the plurality of anti-roll teeth 1121 are arranged in sequence along the extending direction of the first accommodating cavity 113, so as to ensure large objects The sweeping roller brush 120 will not be caught in the first accommodating cavity 113 .
需要说明的是,防卷齿1121从盖板件112上向扫地滚刷120一侧呈弧状延伸,形成大致上包覆扫地滚刷120的形式。It should be noted that the anti-roll teeth 1121 extend from the cover plate 112 to the side of the sweeping roller brush 120 in an arc shape, and are formed to substantially cover the sweeping roller brush 120 .
在一个实施例中,如图21和图27所示,盖板件112上设置有刮条1122,刮条1122设置在盖板件112远离第二容纳腔114的一侧,刮条1122可以用于刮除待清洁表面的垃圾。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 27 , the cover member 112 is provided with a scraper 1122 , and the scraper 1122 is disposed on the side of the cover member 112 away from the second accommodating cavity 114 . The scraper 1122 can be used for Use to scrape off debris from the surface to be cleaned.
在一个实施例中,如图21和图25A所示,清洁机器人还包括:吸尘通道160,吸尘通道160的一端与第一容纳腔113相连通,吸尘通道160的另一端与本体200相连接;其中,吸尘通道160为柔性件,以在扫地滚刷120处于工作位置时,吸尘通道160处于打开状态。在扫地滚刷120工作时,吸尘通道160用于形成风道从而实现对灰尘的吸收,而在拖地滚刷130工作时,吸尘通道160无需工作,且在转动组件110转动时会使得吸尘通道160产生变形,此时吸尘通道160无需作为风道使用,因此可以处于关闭状态。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 25A , the cleaning robot further includes: a vacuuming channel 160 , one end of the vacuuming channel 160 is communicated with the first accommodating cavity 113 , and the other end of the vacuuming channel 160 is connected to the body 200 Wherein, the dust suction channel 160 is a flexible part, so that when the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position, the dust suction channel 160 is in an open state. When the sweeping roller brush 120 is working, the dust suction channel 160 is used to form an air duct so as to absorb dust. When the mopping roller brush 130 is working, the dust suction channel 160 does not need to work, and when the rotating assembly 110 rotates, the dust suction channel 160 does not need to work. The dust suction channel 160 is deformed, and at this time, the dust suction channel 160 does not need to be used as an air duct, so it can be in a closed state.
具体的,吸尘通道160的两端分别连接转动组件110和本体200,因此在转动组件110相对于固定支架100转动时,即使得扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130在工作位置进行切换,此时作为柔性件的吸尘通道160随着转动组件110发生变形,以此保证不会妨碍转动组件110的正常转动。Specifically, the two ends of the dust suction channel 160 are respectively connected to the rotating assembly 110 and the main body 200. Therefore, when the rotating assembly 110 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100, the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are switched between the working positions. At this time, the dust suction channel 160, which is a flexible member, is deformed along with the rotating assembly 110, so as to ensure that the normal rotation of the rotating assembly 110 will not be hindered.
在一个实施例中,拖地滚刷130处于工作位置时,吸尘通道160可以处于关闭状态。或者,拖地滚刷130处于工作位置时,吸尘通道160也可以处于打开状态。In one embodiment, when the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position, the dust suction channel 160 may be in a closed state. Alternatively, when the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position, the dust suction channel 160 may also be in an open state.
需要说明的是,吸尘通道160可以是直接连接本体200,也可以是间接连接本体200。It should be noted that, the dust suction channel 160 may be directly connected to the main body 200 or indirectly connected to the main body 200 .
在一个实施例中,刮条1122与吸尘通道160相邻设置,即刮条1122在用于刮除待清洁表面的垃圾的基础上,还可以使得吸尘通道160和第一容纳腔113之间形成更好的密封,保证扫地滚刷120清扫的灰尘在吸力的作用下进入吸尘通道160。In one embodiment, the wiper bar 1122 is disposed adjacent to the dust suction channel 160, that is, the wiper bar 1122 can also make the gap between the dust suction channel 160 and the first accommodating cavity 113 on the basis of scraping the garbage on the surface to be cleaned. A better seal is formed between the two to ensure that the dust cleaned by the sweeping roller brush 120 enters the dust suction channel 160 under the action of suction.
在一个实施例中,如图22所示,清洁机器人还包括动力部件161,动力部件161产生的风能够将扫地滚刷120清扫的灰尘吸入吸尘通道160。动力部件161可以是风机。其中,动力部件161设置在本体200内。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 22 , the cleaning robot further includes a power component 161 , and the wind generated by the power component 161 can suck the dust cleaned by the sweeping roller brush 120 into the dust suction channel 160 . The power component 161 may be a fan. Wherein, the power component 161 is arranged in the main body 200 .
在一个实施例中,如图25A和图26所示,清洁机器人还包括:固定支架100,转动组件110可转动地设置在固定支架100上,例如:通过分别在转动组件110两端和固定支架100相应的位置设置对应的转轴和轴孔的方式实现安装和转动,固定支架100设置在底盘201上,以使转动组件110通过固定支架100设置在底盘201上,固定支架100和转动组件110形成了一个模块结构,可以整体安装于底盘201上。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 25A and FIG. 26 , the cleaning robot further includes: a fixed bracket 100, and the rotating assembly 110 is rotatably disposed on the fixed bracket 100, for example, by attaching two ends of the rotating assembly 110 to the fixed bracket respectively 100 is installed and rotated by setting the corresponding rotating shaft and shaft hole at the corresponding position. The fixed bracket 100 is arranged on the chassis 201, so that the rotating assembly 110 is arranged on the chassis 201 through the fixed bracket 100. The fixed bracket 100 and the rotating assembly 110 form a A modular structure is provided, which can be installed on the chassis 201 as a whole.
在一个实施例中,吸尘通道160可以与固定支架100相连接,即吸尘通道160通过固 定支架100与本体200相连接,而位于本体200内的动力部件161与吸尘通道160相连通。In one embodiment, the dust suction channel 160 can be connected with the fixed bracket 100, that is, the dust suction channel 160 is connected with the main body 200 through the fixed bracket 100, and the power component 161 located in the main body 200 communicates with the dust suction channel 160.
在一个实施例中,如图22所示,本体200内设置有灰尘盒162,吸尘通道160与灰尘盒162相连通,且动力部件161与灰尘盒162相连通,从而能够将灰尘由吸尘通道160吸入到灰尘盒162内。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 22 , the body 200 is provided with a dust box 162 , the dust suction channel 160 is communicated with the dust box 162 , and the power component 161 is communicated with the dust box 162 , so that the dust can be collected by the dust collector. Channel 160 is drawn into dust box 162 .
在一个实施例中,如图25A和图26所示,清洁机器人还包括:位置调节机构140,位置调节机构140与转动组件110相连接,以驱动转动组件110转动。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 25A and FIG. 26 , the cleaning robot further includes: a position adjustment mechanism 140 , and the position adjustment mechanism 140 is connected with the rotating assembly 110 to drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate.
具体的,位置调节机构140用于实现转动组件110的转动,即可以是相关技术中的驱动机构,例如,位置调节机构140包括伸缩杆,伸缩杆与转动组件110相连接,通过伸缩杆的伸出与缩回实现对转动组件110的驱动,从而使得转动组件110转动。或者,位置调节机构140包括驱动轴,驱动轴与转动组件110相连接,从而通过驱动轴的正转以及反转能够实现对转动组件110的驱动,从而使得转动组件110转动。Specifically, the position adjustment mechanism 140 is used to realize the rotation of the rotating assembly 110, that is, it can be a driving mechanism in the related art. For example, the position adjustment mechanism 140 includes a telescopic rod, and the telescopic rod is connected with the rotating assembly 110. Through the extension of the telescopic rod The out and retraction realizes the driving of the rotating assembly 110 so as to make the rotating assembly 110 rotate. Alternatively, the position adjusting mechanism 140 includes a drive shaft, and the drive shaft is connected with the rotating assembly 110 , so that the rotating assembly 110 can be driven through the forward rotation and reverse rotation of the driving shaft, thereby making the rotating assembly 110 rotate.
需要说明的是,当转动组件110直接与底盘201转动连接时,位置调节机构140可以直接驱动转动组件110相对于底盘201转动。当转动组件110通过固定支架100与底盘201转动连接时,位置调节机构140驱动转动组件110相对于固定支架100转动。It should be noted that, when the rotating assembly 110 is directly rotatably connected to the chassis 201 , the position adjusting mechanism 140 can directly drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the chassis 201 . When the rotating assembly 110 is rotatably connected to the chassis 201 through the fixing bracket 100 , the position adjusting mechanism 140 drives the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the fixing bracket 100 .
需要注意的是,固定支架100与底盘201相对固定连接,固定支架100可以是可拆卸地安装于底盘201上。或者,固定支架100不可以从底盘201上拆下,即固定支架100可以构成底盘201的一部分。It should be noted that the fixing bracket 100 is relatively fixedly connected to the chassis 201 , and the fixing bracket 100 may be detachably mounted on the chassis 201 . Alternatively, the fixing bracket 100 cannot be detached from the chassis 201 , that is, the fixing bracket 100 may constitute a part of the chassis 201 .
在一个实施例中,如图31至图36所示,位置调节机构140包括:连接轴10;转盘20,连接轴10的两端分别连接转动组件110和转盘20;浮动件30,浮动件30可移动地设置在连接轴10上,以与转盘20相连接或相分离;连杆轴40,连杆轴40的两端分别连接固定支架100和转盘20,连接轴10的中心线与连杆轴40的中心线不重合;其中,当浮动件30与转盘20相连接,且浮动件30转动时,转盘20以连杆轴40为固定点相对于固定支架100转动,进而使转动组件110绕其与固定支架100相连的转轴相对于固定支架100转动。需要说明的是,连杆轴40连接至固定支架100的一端形成一个转动支点,而转动组件110和固定支架100的两端分别设置有对应的连接转轴和转轴孔,该连接转轴和转轴孔相互配合以使得转动组件110可相对固定支架100转动。具体的,位置调节机构140通过连接轴10、转盘20、浮动件30以及连杆轴40能够使得转动组件110相对于固定支架100转动,且在转动组件110相对于固定支架100转动前需要保证浮动件30与转盘20相连接,即需要使得浮动件30沿连接轴10移动至与转盘20相连接,从而能够形成浮动件30的转动带动转盘20转动,进而带动转接件50转动,由于连杆轴40一端固定连接至固 定支架100,当转接件50转动至某一位置时便不能再继续转动,此时相当于转接件50被卡住,而浮动件30继续提供传动的啮合扭矩,此时可以理解的是:由于转接件50处于卡死位置,导致转盘20也不能继续转动,即浮动件30提供的以上扭矩不能再使转盘20转动,唯一的结果就是这个扭矩反过来作用于整个转动组件110,带动转动组件110绕与固定支架100相连的转轴沿与浮动件30转动相反的方向转动。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 31 to 36 , the position adjustment mechanism 140 includes: a connecting shaft 10 ; a turntable 20 , two ends of the connecting shaft 10 are respectively connected to the rotating assembly 110 and the turntable 20 ; The connecting shaft 10 is movably arranged on the connecting shaft 10 so as to be connected or separated from the turntable 20; The centerlines of the shafts 40 do not coincide; wherein, when the floating member 30 is connected to the turntable 20 and the floating member 30 rotates, the turntable 20 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100 with the connecting rod shaft 40 as a fixed point, thereby causing the rotating assembly 110 to rotate around The shaft connected to the fixed bracket 100 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100 . It should be noted that one end of the connecting rod shaft 40 connected to the fixed bracket 100 forms a rotating fulcrum, and the two ends of the rotating assembly 110 and the fixed bracket 100 are respectively provided with a corresponding connecting shaft and a rotating shaft hole, and the connecting rotating shaft and the rotating shaft hole are mutually It is matched so that the rotating assembly 110 can rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 . Specifically, the position adjustment mechanism 140 can make the rotating assembly 110 rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 through the connecting shaft 10 , the turntable 20 , the floating member 30 and the connecting rod shaft 40 , and the rotating assembly 110 needs to be guaranteed to float before the rotating assembly 110 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100 . The floating member 30 is connected to the turntable 20, that is, the floating member 30 needs to be moved along the connecting shaft 10 to be connected with the turntable 20, so that the rotation of the floating member 30 can drive the turntable 20 to rotate, thereby driving the adapter member 50 to rotate. One end of the shaft 40 is fixedly connected to the fixed bracket 100. When the adapter 50 rotates to a certain position, it cannot continue to rotate. At this time, the adapter 50 is stuck, and the floating element 30 continues to provide the meshing torque of the transmission. At this time, it can be understood that because the adapter 50 is in the stuck position, the turntable 20 cannot continue to rotate, that is, the above torque provided by the floating member 30 can no longer make the turntable 20 rotate. The only result is that this torque in turn acts on the The entire rotating assembly 110 drives the rotating assembly 110 to rotate around the rotating shaft connected to the fixed bracket 100 in the opposite direction to the rotation of the floating member 30 .
需要说明的是,由于浮动件30与转盘20具有连接和分离两个状态,因此在浮动件30与转盘20处于分离状态时,如果需要通过浮动件30驱动转动组件110相对于固定支架100转动,则需要保证浮动件30与转盘20由分离状态移动至连接状态,此时浮动件30转动,从而可以驱动转盘20以连杆轴40为固定点相对于固定支架100转动,而浮动件30和转盘20均连接于连接轴10上,且连接轴10与转动组件110相连接,因此可以使得连接轴10带动转动组件110转动。It should be noted that since the floating member 30 and the turntable 20 have two states of connection and separation, when the floating member 30 and the turntable 20 are in the separated state, if the floating member 30 needs to drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100, Then, it is necessary to ensure that the floating member 30 and the turntable 20 move from the separated state to the connected state. At this time, the floating member 30 rotates, so that the turntable 20 can be driven to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 with the connecting rod shaft 40 as the fixed point, while the floating member 30 and the turntable can be driven to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100. 20 are connected to the connecting shaft 10, and the connecting shaft 10 is connected with the rotating assembly 110, so the connecting shaft 10 can drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate.
考虑到浮动件30相对于连接轴10转动时,浮动件30会驱动转盘20转动,而转盘20通过连杆轴40与固定支架100连接,且连接轴10的中心线与连杆轴40的中心线不重合,因此在浮动件30的带动下,转盘20在相对于连接轴10转动的同时也会以连杆轴40为固定点相对于固定支架100转动,即转盘20和浮动件30同时完成自转与公转,以此实现转动组件110相对于固定支架100转动。Considering that when the floating member 30 rotates relative to the connecting shaft 10 , the floating member 30 will drive the turntable 20 to rotate, and the turntable 20 is connected to the fixed bracket 100 through the connecting rod shaft 40 , and the center line of the connecting shaft 10 and the center of the connecting rod shaft 40 are The lines do not overlap, so driven by the floating member 30, the turntable 20 rotates relative to the connecting shaft 10 and also rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100 using the connecting rod shaft 40 as a fixed point, that is, the turntable 20 and the floating member 30 are completed at the same time. Autorotate and revolve, so as to realize the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 relative to the fixed bracket 100 .
需要注意的是,浮动件30可以相对于连接轴10转动,当然浮动件30也可以与连接轴10周向固定,即浮动件30可以带动连接轴10相对于转动组件110转动。It should be noted that the floating member 30 can rotate relative to the connecting shaft 10 . Of course, the floating member 30 can also be circumferentially fixed with the connecting shaft 10 , that is, the floating member 30 can drive the connecting shaft 10 to rotate relative to the rotating assembly 110 .
在一个实施例中,浮动件30可以通过外部驱动机构驱动以实现相对于连接轴10的移动,例如,外部驱动机构可以包括一个伸缩杆,伸缩杆与浮动件30相连接,通过伸缩杆的伸长与缩回能够实现浮动件30沿连接轴10的移动。而在浮动件30转动时,外部驱动机构可以与浮动件30同步转动。In one embodiment, the floating member 30 can be driven by an external driving mechanism to realize the movement relative to the connecting shaft 10. For example, the external driving mechanism can include a telescopic rod, and the telescopic rod is connected with the floating member 30. The length and retraction enable movement of the floating member 30 along the connecting shaft 10 . When the floating member 30 rotates, the external driving mechanism can rotate synchronously with the floating member 30 .
对于浮动件30的转动和相对于连接轴10的轴向移动,可以采用相关技术中的传动机构保证浮动件30能够实现转动,例如可以采用齿轮传动机构、链传动机构或者带传动机构,此处不作限定,只要保证传动机构能够驱动浮动件30实现转动和轴向移动,且可以随浮动件30同时相对于连杆轴40转动即可。For the rotation of the floating member 30 and the axial movement relative to the connecting shaft 10, a transmission mechanism in the related art can be used to ensure that the floating member 30 can rotate, for example, a gear transmission mechanism, a chain transmission mechanism or a belt transmission mechanism can be used, here It is not limited, as long as it is ensured that the transmission mechanism can drive the floating member 30 to rotate and move axially, and can rotate relative to the connecting rod shaft 40 simultaneously with the floating member 30 .
在一个实施例中,连杆轴40可以直接与转盘20相连接,即连杆轴40与转盘20之间无需转接机构,只需要保证连接轴10的中心线与连杆轴40的中心线不重合即可,由此可以使得转盘20以连杆轴40为固定点相对于固定支架100转动。例如,连杆轴40与转盘20固定连接,即连杆轴40偏离连接轴10设置,而连杆轴40相对于固定支架100可转动, 从而在浮动件30与转盘20相连接,且浮动件30转动时,转盘20则会带动连杆轴40相对于固定支架100转动,此时转盘20类似偏心盘。当然,连杆轴40与转盘20可以转动连接,而连杆轴40与固定支架100固定连接。In one embodiment, the connecting rod shaft 40 can be directly connected to the turntable 20 , that is, no switching mechanism is required between the connecting rod shaft 40 and the turntable 20 , and it is only necessary to ensure that the center line of the connecting shaft 10 and the center line of the connecting rod shaft 40 are It is not necessary to overlap, so that the turntable 20 can be rotated relative to the fixed bracket 100 with the connecting rod shaft 40 as a fixed point. For example, the connecting rod shaft 40 is fixedly connected with the turntable 20, that is, the connecting rod shaft 40 is offset from the connecting shaft 10, and the connecting rod shaft 40 is rotatable relative to the fixed bracket 100, so that the floating member 30 is connected with the turntable 20, and the floating member When the 30 rotates, the turntable 20 will drive the connecting rod shaft 40 to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 . At this time, the turntable 20 is similar to an eccentric disk. Of course, the connecting rod shaft 40 and the turntable 20 can be rotatably connected, and the connecting rod shaft 40 is fixedly connected with the fixing bracket 100 .
在一个实施例中,如图31至图33所示,位置调节机构还包括:转接件50,转接件50的两端分别连接转盘20和连杆轴40,以使连杆轴40通过转接件50与转盘20相连接,从而能够使得连杆轴40与转盘20之间的位置关系不会受到特别的限定,保证部件之间的合理布局。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 31 to 33 , the position adjustment mechanism further includes: an adapter 50 , two ends of the adapter 50 are respectively connected to the turntable 20 and the connecting rod shaft 40 , so that the connecting rod shaft 40 passes through The adapter 50 is connected with the turntable 20, so that the positional relationship between the connecting rod shaft 40 and the turntable 20 is not particularly limited, so as to ensure a reasonable layout of the components.
具体的,结合图31,转接件50可以是一个连接板,且转接件50与转盘20的连接点偏离转盘20的中心线设置,即偏离连接轴10的中心线设置。Specifically, referring to FIG. 31 , the adapter 50 may be a connecting plate, and the connection point between the adapter 50 and the turntable 20 is deviated from the centerline of the turntable 20 , that is, deviated from the centerline of the connecting shaft 10 .
在一个实施例中,连杆轴40与固定支架100固定连接,转接件50的两端分别铰接转盘20和连杆轴40,从而在转盘20转动时,转接件50能够相对于转盘20和连杆轴40转动,防止出现卡死现象。In one embodiment, the connecting rod shaft 40 is fixedly connected to the fixing bracket 100 , and the two ends of the adapter 50 are respectively hinged to the turntable 20 and the connecting rod shaft 40 , so that when the turntable 20 rotates, the adapter 50 can be relative to the turntable 20 . and the connecting rod shaft 40 to rotate to prevent jamming.
具体的,由于浮动件30和转盘20同时进行自转与公转,因此需要保证转接件50不会出现卡死状态,故需要使得转接件50的两端均为铰接端。Specifically, since the floating member 30 and the turntable 20 rotate and revolve at the same time, it is necessary to ensure that the adapter 50 will not be stuck, so both ends of the adapter 50 need to be hinged ends.
在一个实施例中,如图31所示,转盘20朝向浮动件30的一侧设置有第一凸起部21,浮动件30朝向转盘20的一侧设置有第二凸起部31,以在浮动件30与转盘20相连接时,第一凸起部21与第二凸起部31限位接触,从而保证浮动件30能够带动转盘20实现转动。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 31 , the side of the turntable 20 facing the floating member 30 is provided with a first protruding portion 21 , and the side of the floating member 30 facing the turntable 20 is provided with a second protruding portion 31 . When the floating member 30 is connected to the turntable 20 , the first protruding portion 21 is in limited contact with the second protruding portion 31 , thereby ensuring that the floating member 30 can drive the turntable 20 to rotate.
具体的,第一凸起部21可以为多个,多个第一凸起部21沿浮动件30的周向方向间隔设置,而第二凸起部31也为多个,多个第二凸起部31沿转盘20的周向方向间隔设置,在浮动件30与转盘20相连接时,第一凸起部21和第二凸起部31可以是交错设置的,从而形成相对固定关系。或者第一凸起部21和第二凸起部31中的一个上形成有凹槽,而另一个插设在凹槽内从而形成相对固定关系。对于第一凸起部21和第二凸起部31的限位连接关系不作限定,只要保证能够实现限位,且能够分离即可。在本实施例中,多个第一凸起部21可以与转盘20形成螺旋外齿轮,而多个第二凸起部31可以与浮动件30形成螺旋内齿轮,或者,多个第一凸起部21可以与转盘20形成螺旋内齿轮,而多个第二凸起部31可以与浮动件30形成螺旋外齿轮,螺旋外齿轮与螺旋内齿轮相啮合。Specifically, there may be multiple first protruding portions 21 , the multiple first protruding portions 21 are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the floating member 30 , and there are also multiple second protruding portions 31 . The raised portions 31 are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the turntable 20 . When the floating member 30 is connected to the turntable 20 , the first raised portions 21 and the second raised portions 31 may be staggered to form a relative fixed relationship. Or one of the first protruding portion 21 and the second protruding portion 31 is formed with a groove, and the other is inserted into the groove to form a relative fixed relationship. The limiting connection relationship between the first protruding portion 21 and the second protruding portion 31 is not limited, as long as it is ensured that the limiting and separation can be achieved. In this embodiment, the plurality of first protrusions 21 may form a helical external gear with the turntable 20 , and the plurality of second protrusions 31 may form a helical internal gear with the floating member 30 , or a plurality of first protrusions The portion 21 may form a helical internal gear with the turntable 20, and the plurality of second protruding portions 31 may form a helical external gear with the floating member 30, and the helical external gear meshes with the helical internal gear.
在一个实施例中,浮动件30沿第一方向和第二方向均可转动地设置;其中,当浮动件30沿第一方向转动时,浮动件30移动至与转盘20相连接,并使转动组件110相对于固定支架100转动预设角度,拖地滚刷130处于工作位置;当浮动件30沿第二方向转动时,浮动件30移动至与转盘20相分离,扫地滚刷120处于工作位置。In one embodiment, the floating member 30 is rotatably arranged in both the first direction and the second direction; wherein, when the floating member 30 rotates in the first direction, the floating member 30 moves to connect with the turntable 20 and rotates The assembly 110 is rotated relative to the fixed bracket 100 by a preset angle, and the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position; when the floating member 30 rotates in the second direction, the floating member 30 moves to be separated from the turntable 20, and the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position. .
具体的,浮动件30沿第一方向转动时,浮动件30沿靠近转盘20的方向移动,并移动至与转盘20相连接,如图22所示,此时,浮动件30继续保持沿第一方向转动,因此会驱动转盘20转动,从而使得转动组件110相对于固定支架100由第一位置转动至第二位置,拖地滚刷130由非工作位置切换至工位位置,而扫地滚刷120由工位位置切换至非工位位置。而在浮动件30沿第二方向转动时,浮动件30会带动转盘20转动,并使得转动组件110相对于固定支架100由第二位置转动至第一位置,且浮动件30会与转盘20相分离,如图21所示,从而使得扫地滚刷120由非工作位置切换至工位位置,而拖地滚刷130由工位位置切换至非工位位置。Specifically, when the floating member 30 rotates in the first direction, the floating member 30 moves in a direction close to the turntable 20 and moves to connect with the turntable 20, as shown in FIG. Therefore, the turntable 20 is driven to rotate, so that the rotating assembly 110 rotates from the first position to the second position relative to the fixed bracket 100 , the mopping roller brush 130 is switched from the non-working position to the working position, and the sweeping roller brush 120 Switch from the station position to the non-station position. When the floating member 30 rotates in the second direction, the floating member 30 will drive the turntable 20 to rotate, and make the rotating assembly 110 rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 from the second position to the first position, and the floating member 30 will be in contact with the turntable 20 . Separation, as shown in FIG. 21 , enables the sweeping roller brush 120 to switch from the non-working position to the working position, and the mopping roller brush 130 to switch from the working position to the non-working position.
在一个实施例中,如图34至图36所示,位置调节机构140还包括:挡杆70,挡杆70设置在固定支架100上,挡杆70上设置有缺口71;该缺口71包括开口端的斜口及斜口后顺延的开口,其中斜口是当扫地滚刷120处于工位位置时的浮动限位、斜口后边的开口用于在扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130工位切换时连接轴10的行程避位,参见图22。如下,以几种情形详细说明:当扫地滚刷120处于工位位置并正常工作时,第二动力源85以第二方向旋转,用于驱动扫地滚刷120旋转工作,此时浮动件30与转盘20相互脱离,连接轴10上套设的套筒正对于缺口71,使得缺口71的斜口阻止套筒进入缺口71,形成限位;当需要切换清洁件工位位置时,第二动力源85开始以相反于第二方向的第一方向旋转,在旋转过程中:浮动件30向转盘20运动、同时套筒与缺口71错开,当浮动件30结合转盘20并带动连杆轴40转动至卡死位置时,转动组件110相对固定支架100旋转、连接轴10进入到挡杆70上的缺口71,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130完成工位位置转换,即完成转动组件110从第一位置向第二位置的切换,第一动力源63开始转动从而驱动拖地滚刷130工作;当需要再次切换清洁件工位位置时,第二动力源85开始以第一方向旋转,此时浮动件30与转盘20处于结合状态,连接轴10位于缺口71内并保持,挡杆70的阻碍浮动件30沿连接轴10轴线方向移动,浮动件30与转盘20继续以结合状态转动,直至连杆轴40再次到达卡死位置,则转动组件110开始相对固定支架100转动,在该转动过程中连接轴10随着转动组件110的转动从挡杆70的缺口71退出,当完全退出后,连接轴10开始沿着浮动件30脱离转盘20的方向运动直至完全脱离,完成拖地滚刷130和扫地滚刷120的工位位置切换,即完成转动组件从第二位置向第一位置的切换,此后第二动力源85继续以第一方向旋转带动扫地滚刷120正常工作。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 34 to 36 , the position adjustment mechanism 140 further includes: a blocking rod 70 , the blocking rod 70 is arranged on the fixing bracket 100 , and a notch 71 is provided on the blocking rod 70 ; the notch 71 includes an opening The oblique opening at the end and the opening extending behind the oblique opening, wherein the oblique opening is the floating limit when the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the station position, and the opening behind the oblique opening is used for the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130. When switching, the travel of the connecting shaft 10 is avoided, see Figure 22. As follows, several situations are described in detail: when the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the station position and works normally, the second power source 85 rotates in the second direction to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to rotate and work, and the floating member 30 and the The turntables 20 are disengaged from each other, and the sleeve sleeved on the connecting shaft 10 is facing the notch 71, so that the oblique opening of the notch 71 prevents the sleeve from entering the notch 71 to form a limit; when it is necessary to switch the position of the cleaning piece, the second power source 85 starts to rotate in the first direction opposite to the second direction. During the rotation process: the floating member 30 moves towards the turntable 20, while the sleeve and the notch 71 are staggered. When the floating member 30 is combined with the turntable 20 and drives the connecting rod shaft 40 to rotate In the stuck position, the rotating assembly 110 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100, the connecting shaft 10 enters the gap 71 on the blocking rod 70, and the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 complete the station position conversion, that is, the rotating assembly 110 is completed from the first position. When switching from one position to the second position, the first power source 63 starts to rotate to drive the mopping roller brush 130 to work; when it is necessary to switch the position of the cleaning piece again, the second power source 85 starts to rotate in the first direction. The floating member 30 and the turntable 20 are in a combined state, the connecting shaft 10 is located in the gap 71 and held, the blocking rod 70 prevents the floating member 30 from moving along the axis of the connecting shaft 10, and the floating member 30 and the turntable 20 continue to rotate in a combined state until the connection is made. When the lever shaft 40 reaches the stuck position again, the rotating assembly 110 starts to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100. During the rotation, the connecting shaft 10 withdraws from the notch 71 of the blocking rod 70 along with the rotation of the rotating assembly 110. The shaft 10 starts to move along the direction in which the floating member 30 is detached from the turntable 20 until it is completely detached, completing the station position switching of the mopping roller brush 130 and the sweeping roller brush 120, that is, the switching of the rotating assembly from the second position to the first position is completed, Thereafter, the second power source 85 continues to rotate in the first direction to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to work normally.
以上实施例中,工位位置切换是由第二动力源85的正反转来实现的,扫地滚刷120的正常工作也由第二动力源85实现,拖地滚刷130的正常工作由第一动力源63实现。In the above embodiment, the station position switching is realized by the forward and reverse rotation of the second power source 85, the normal operation of the sweeping roller brush 120 is also realized by the second power source 85, and the normal operation of the mopping roller brush 130 is realized by the first power source 85. A power source 63 is implemented.
需要说明的是,当转动组件110由第一位置转动至第二位置后,即拖地滚刷130由非工作位置切换至工位位置,此时可以通过感应器72来确定位置,从而有效控制两个动力源的启停和转向使得浮动件30停止转动和处于工位位置清洁件的工作,即拖地滚刷130转动到工位位置是由感应器72来控制的。而转动组件110由第二位置转动至第一位置后,由于浮动件30已经脱离转盘20,因此不会使得转动组件110继续相对于固定支架100发生转动。其中,感应器72可以是到位开关组件,例如,光耦开关,也可以是测距传感器。在一些实施例中,转动组件110上设置有缓冲垫116,缓冲垫116与感应器72相对设置,以在感应器72转动到位后可以避免感应器72出现硬接触,起到保护作用。当转动组件110由第二位置转动至第一位置后,即扫地滚刷120由非工作位置切换至工位位置,此时,扫地滚刷120可以依靠浮动支架111上的配重和着地压块组件115的拉簧压力着地后,开始扫地。It should be noted that when the rotating assembly 110 is rotated from the first position to the second position, that is, the mopping roller brush 130 is switched from the non-working position to the working position, the position can be determined by the sensor 72 at this time, so as to effectively control The starting, stopping and turning of the two power sources make the floating member 30 stop rotating and the cleaning member in the working position, that is, the rotation of the mopping roller brush 130 to the working position is controlled by the sensor 72 . After the rotating assembly 110 is rotated from the second position to the first position, since the floating member 30 has been separated from the turntable 20 , the rotating assembly 110 will not continue to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 . Wherein, the sensor 72 may be a position switch assembly, for example, an optocoupler switch, or a distance measuring sensor. In some embodiments, the rotating assembly 110 is provided with a buffer pad 116 , and the buffer pad 116 is disposed opposite to the sensor 72 , so as to prevent the sensor 72 from being hard contacted after the sensor 72 is rotated in place, so as to play a protective role. When the rotating assembly 110 is rotated from the second position to the first position, that is, the sweeping roller brush 120 is switched from the non-working position to the working position, at this time, the sweeping roller brush 120 can rely on the counterweight on the floating bracket 111 and the ground pressure block After the tension spring of the assembly 115 touches the ground, it starts to sweep.
在一个实施例中,如图31和图32所示,位置调节机构140包括第一驱动组件80和第二驱动组件60,第一驱动组件80与拖地滚刷130连接,在拖地滚刷130位于工作位置时,第一驱动组件80驱动拖地滚刷130工作。第二驱动组件60与扫地滚刷120连接,在扫地滚刷120位于工作位置时,第二驱动组件60驱动扫地滚刷120工作。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 31 and 32 , the position adjustment mechanism 140 includes a first drive assembly 80 and a second drive assembly 60 , the first drive assembly 80 is connected to the mopping roller brush 130 , and the mopping roller brush is When 130 is at the working position, the first driving assembly 80 drives the mopping roller brush 130 to work. The second driving assembly 60 is connected with the sweeping roller brush 120 , and when the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position, the second driving assembly 60 drives the sweeping roller brush 120 to work.
在一个实施例中,如图31所示,位置调节机构140包括:第二驱动组件60,第二驱动组件60与浮动件30相连接,以驱动浮动件30转动的同时沿连接轴10移动;其中,第二驱动组件60与转盘20同步相对于固定支架100转动,即第二驱动组件60能够保持与浮动件30的连接关系,从而保证动力传递。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 31 , the position adjustment mechanism 140 includes: a second drive assembly 60, the second drive assembly 60 is connected with the floating member 30, so as to drive the floating member 30 to rotate and move along the connecting shaft 10; The second drive assembly 60 rotates relative to the fixed bracket 100 synchronously with the turntable 20 , that is, the second drive assembly 60 can maintain the connection relationship with the floating member 30 , thereby ensuring power transmission.
需要注意的是,浮动件30在转动的同时可以相对于连接轴10移动,即第二驱动组件60需要向浮动件30同时提供轴向方向的力和周向方向的力。此处不排除第二驱动组件60包括两组相对独立的驱动机构,分别向浮动件30提供两个方向的力。It should be noted that the floating member 30 can move relative to the connecting shaft 10 while rotating, that is, the second driving assembly 60 needs to provide the floating member 30 with an axial direction force and a circumferential direction force at the same time. It is not excluded here that the second driving assembly 60 includes two sets of relatively independent driving mechanisms, which respectively provide forces in two directions to the floating member 30 .
在一个实施例中,如图33所示,浮动件30包括第一斜齿轮段32,第二驱动组件60包括:第一传动齿轮61,第一传动齿轮61包括第二斜齿轮段611,第二斜齿轮段611与第一斜齿轮段32相啮合,以驱动浮动件30转动;其中,浮动件30可相对于第二斜齿轮段611的轴线方向移动设置。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 33 , the floating member 30 includes a first helical gear segment 32 , and the second driving assembly 60 includes: a first transmission gear 61 , the first transmission gear 61 includes a second helical gear segment 611 , and the second drive assembly 60 includes a first transmission gear 61 . The two helical gear segments 611 mesh with the first helical gear segment 32 to drive the floating member 30 to rotate; wherein, the floating member 30 can be moved relative to the axial direction of the second helical gear segment 611 .
具体的,通过调整第二斜齿轮段611与第一斜齿轮段32的斜齿轮配合设置,能够在第二斜齿轮段611转动时,使第二斜齿轮段611向第一斜齿轮段32提供两个方向的力,保证第一斜齿轮段32实现转动和移动同步进行,从而使得浮动件30与转盘20实现连接和脱离。浮动件30与转盘20连接后,由于转盘20的限定,则浮动件30不会继续沿连接 轴10移动,但依然在第二斜齿轮段611的驱动下进行转动,从而带动转盘20实现转动。Specifically, by adjusting the cooperating arrangement of the second helical gear segment 611 with the helical gear of the first helical gear segment 32 , when the second helical gear segment 611 rotates, the second helical gear segment 611 can provide the first helical gear segment 32 . Forces in two directions ensure that the first helical gear segment 32 rotates and moves synchronously, so that the floating member 30 is connected and disconnected from the turntable 20 . After the floating member 30 is connected with the turntable 20, due to the limitation of the turntable 20, the floating member 30 will not continue to move along the connecting shaft 10, but still rotates under the driving of the second helical gear segment 611, thereby driving the turntable 20 to rotate.
在一个实施例中,如图32和图33所示,第二驱动组件60还包括:第二传动齿轮62,第二传动齿轮62与第一传动齿轮61相啮合;第一动力源63,第一动力源63与第二传动齿轮62相连接,以驱动第二传动齿轮62转动。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 32 and FIG. 33 , the second drive assembly 60 further includes: a second transmission gear 62 meshing with the first transmission gear 61 ; a first power source 63 , the first A power source 63 is connected with the second transmission gear 62 to drive the second transmission gear 62 to rotate.
具体的,第一动力源63可以是马达,通过驱动第二传动齿轮62转动由此带动第一传动齿轮61转动,从而通过第一传动齿轮61将动力传递至浮动件30。在本实施例中,第一动力源63可以是电机,电机可以实现正转和反转。Specifically, the first power source 63 may be a motor, and the first transmission gear 61 is driven to rotate by driving the second transmission gear 62 to rotate, thereby transmitting the power to the floating member 30 through the first transmission gear 61 . In this embodiment, the first power source 63 can be a motor, and the motor can realize forward rotation and reverse rotation.
在一个实施例中,第一动力源63也可以直接与第一传动齿轮61相连接,以驱动第一传动齿轮61转动。或者第一动力源63与第二传动齿轮62之间还可以设置有其他传动齿轮,以此满足传动比的需求。In one embodiment, the first power source 63 can also be directly connected with the first transmission gear 61 to drive the first transmission gear 61 to rotate. Alternatively, other transmission gears may be provided between the first power source 63 and the second transmission gear 62 to meet the requirements of the transmission ratio.
在一个实施例中,如图32和图33所示,浮动件30还包括输出齿轮段33,第二驱动组件60还包括:第一输出齿轮64,第一输出齿轮64用于连接扫地滚刷120,输出齿轮段33与第一输出齿轮64相啮合,以驱动第一输出齿轮64转动;其中,浮动件30可相对第一输出齿轮64的轴线方向移动设置。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 32 and 33 , the floating member 30 further includes an output gear segment 33 , and the second drive assembly 60 further includes: a first output gear 64 , which is used to connect the sweeping roller brush 120 , the output gear segment 33 meshes with the first output gear 64 to drive the first output gear 64 to rotate; wherein, the floating member 30 can be arranged to move relative to the axis of the first output gear 64 .
具体的,浮动件30能够用于驱动转盘20转动,即实现转动组件110相对于固定支架100的转动,且浮动件30转动时还能够用于驱动扫地滚刷120工作,即一个动力件实现两个功能,一定程度上能够减少动力部件的设置。Specifically, the floating member 30 can be used to drive the turntable 20 to rotate, that is, to realize the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 relative to the fixed bracket 100, and the floating member 30 can also be used to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to work when it rotates, that is, one power member realizes two This function can reduce the settings of power components to a certain extent.
需要注意的是,由于浮动件30与转盘20连接后,浮动件30转动则会使得转动组件110相对于固定支架100转动,因此在浮动件30与转盘20连接后,浮动件30转动也可以带动扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130切换位置。而在浮动件30与转盘20分离后,浮动件30转动可以带动扫地滚刷120工作,即浮动件30可以进行两个方向的转动。It should be noted that, after the floating member 30 is connected to the turntable 20, the rotation of the floating member 30 will cause the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100. Therefore, after the floating member 30 is connected to the turntable 20, the rotation of the floating member 30 can also drive the rotation of the floating member 30. The sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 switch positions. After the floating member 30 is separated from the turntable 20, the rotation of the floating member 30 can drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to work, that is, the floating member 30 can rotate in two directions.
需要说明的是,由于浮动件30可以相对于连接轴10移动,因此浮动件30能够相对于与其相啮合的第一传动齿轮61和第一输出齿轮64可移动,但移动的距离具有固定的限值,从而保证浮动件30与第一传动齿轮61处于一直啮合状态,并且浮动件30与第一输出齿轮64也处于一直啮合状态。It should be noted that, since the floating member 30 can move relative to the connecting shaft 10, the floating member 30 can move relative to the first transmission gear 61 and the first output gear 64 meshing with it, but the moving distance has a fixed limit. Therefore, it is ensured that the floating member 30 and the first transmission gear 61 are in a state of constant meshing, and the floating member 30 and the first output gear 64 are also in a state of constant meshing.
在一个实施例中,浮动件30包括第一斜齿轮段32和输出齿轮段33,第二驱动组件60包括:第一传动齿轮61,第一传动齿轮61包括第二斜齿轮段611,第二斜齿轮段611与第一斜齿轮段32相啮合,以驱动浮动件30转动;第一输出齿轮64,第一输出齿轮64连接扫地滚刷120,输出齿轮段33与第一输出齿轮64相啮合,以驱动第一输出齿轮64转动;其中,浮动件30沿第二斜齿轮段611和第一输出齿轮64均可移动地设置。浮动件 30通过转盘20驱动转动组件110相对于固定支架100转动,从而使得扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130在工作位置进行切换,且在扫地滚刷120位于工作位置时,浮动件30还可以通过第一输出齿轮64驱动扫地滚刷120工作。In one embodiment, the floating member 30 includes a first helical gear segment 32 and an output gear segment 33, the second driving assembly 60 includes: a first transmission gear 61, the first transmission gear 61 includes a second helical gear segment 611, a second The helical gear segment 611 meshes with the first helical gear segment 32 to drive the floating member 30 to rotate; the first output gear 64 is connected to the sweeping roller brush 120 , and the output gear segment 33 meshes with the first output gear 64 , so as to drive the first output gear 64 to rotate; wherein, the floating member 30 is movably arranged along the second helical gear segment 611 and the first output gear 64 . The floating member 30 drives the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 through the turntable 20, so that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are switched between the working positions, and when the sweeping roller brush 120 is at the working position, the floating member 30 also The sweeping roller brush 120 can be driven to work through the first output gear 64 .
在一个实施例中,当浮动件30沿第二方向转动时,浮动件30驱动扫地滚刷120工作,位置调节机构140还包括:第一驱动组件80,第一驱动组件80与拖地滚刷130相连接,以驱动拖地滚刷130工作,即在拖地滚刷130切换至工作位置后,第一驱动组件80可以驱动拖地滚刷130工作。In one embodiment, when the floating member 30 rotates in the second direction, the floating member 30 drives the sweeping roller brush 120 to work, and the position adjustment mechanism 140 further includes: a first driving assembly 80 , the first driving assembly 80 and the mopping roller brush 130 is connected to drive the mopping roller brush 130 to work, that is, after the mopping roller brush 130 is switched to the working position, the first driving assembly 80 can drive the mopping roller brush 130 to work.
在一个实施例中,如图34所示,位置调节机构140还包括:壳体件90,壳体件90与转动组件110相连接,连接轴10与壳体件90相连接,以使连接轴10通过壳体件90与转动组件110相连接,第一驱动组件80设置在壳体件90上;其中,连接轴10从缺口71外转动至卡设于缺口71内,且使得拖地滚刷130位于工作位置后,浮动件30停止转动,第一驱动组件80驱动拖地滚刷130工作,浮动件30与挡杆70限位接触后,浮动件30能够继续沿第二方向转动。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 34 , the position adjustment mechanism 140 further includes: a housing part 90 , the housing part 90 is connected with the rotating assembly 110 , and the connecting shaft 10 is connected with the housing part 90 , so that the connecting shaft 10 is connected with the rotating assembly 110 through the casing member 90, and the first driving assembly 80 is arranged on the casing member 90; wherein, the connecting shaft 10 rotates from the outside of the notch 71 to be clamped in the notch 71, and makes the mopping roller brush After the 130 is in the working position, the floating member 30 stops rotating, the first drive assembly 80 drives the mopping roller brush 130 to work, and after the floating member 30 contacts the blocking rod 70 in a limited position, the floating member 30 can continue to rotate in the second direction.
具体的,浮动件30在沿第一方向转动时,浮动件30用于驱动转动组件110相对于固定支架100转动,即转动组件110由第一位置移动至第二位置。在浮动件30在沿第二方向转动时,浮动件30驱动转动组件110由第二位置移动至第一位置后,浮动件30开始主要用于驱动扫地滚刷120进行工作。在本实施例中,转动组件110位于第一位置时,扫地滚刷120处于工作位置,即浮动件30沿第二方向转动可以实现扫地滚刷120的工作。而转动组件110位于第二位置后,拖地滚刷130处于工作位置,则通过第一驱动组件80驱动拖地滚刷130工作。Specifically, when the floating member 30 rotates in the first direction, the floating member 30 is used to drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate relative to the fixed bracket 100 , that is, the rotating assembly 110 moves from the first position to the second position. When the floating member 30 rotates in the second direction, after the floating member 30 drives the rotating assembly 110 to move from the second position to the first position, the floating member 30 is mainly used for driving the sweeping roller brush 120 to work. In this embodiment, when the rotating assembly 110 is in the first position, the sweeping roller brush 120 is in the working position, that is, the floating member 30 rotates in the second direction to realize the operation of the sweeping roller brush 120 . After the rotating assembly 110 is in the second position, the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position, and the first driving assembly 80 drives the mopping roller brush 130 to work.
在一个实施例中,位置调节机构包括第一驱动组件80和第二驱动组件60,第二驱动组件60实现转动组件110相对于固定支架100的转动,且可以用于驱动扫地滚刷120工作。而第一驱动组件80用于驱动拖地滚刷130工作。第一驱动组件80和第二驱动组件60均设置在壳体件90上。In one embodiment, the position adjustment mechanism includes a first drive assembly 80 and a second drive assembly 60 . The second drive assembly 60 realizes the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 relative to the fixed bracket 100 and can be used to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to work. The first driving assembly 80 is used for driving the mopping roller brush 130 to work. Both the first drive assembly 80 and the second drive assembly 60 are arranged on the housing part 90 .
具体的,结合图31至图33,第一传动齿轮61由第二斜齿轮段611和传动齿轮段612组成,浮动件30由第一斜齿轮段32和输出齿轮段33组成,第二传动齿轮62与传动齿轮段612相啮合,从而实现第一传动齿轮61的转动,而第二斜齿轮段611与第一斜齿轮段32相啮合,用于驱动浮动件30的移动与转动,输出齿轮段33通过与第一输出齿轮64相啮合,从而通过第一输出齿轮64驱动扫地滚刷120工作。Specifically, with reference to FIGS. 31 to 33 , the first transmission gear 61 consists of a second helical gear segment 611 and a transmission gear segment 612 , the floating member 30 consists of a first helical gear segment 32 and an output gear segment 33 , and the second transmission gear 62 meshes with the transmission gear segment 612 to realize the rotation of the first transmission gear 61, while the second helical gear segment 611 meshes with the first helical gear segment 32 for driving the movement and rotation of the floating member 30, and the output gear segment 33 meshes with the first output gear 64, thereby driving the sweeping roller brush 120 to work through the first output gear 64.
需要说明的是,第一输出齿轮64与扫地滚刷120之间可以包括多个输出齿轮,即满 足传动比要求。在本实施例中,第一输出齿轮64与第二输出齿轮65相啮合,第二输出齿轮65与第三输出齿轮66相啮合,而第三输出齿轮66与第四输出齿轮67相啮合,第四输出齿轮67与扫地滚刷120相连接,从而驱动扫地滚刷120转动。It should be noted that, a plurality of output gears may be included between the first output gear 64 and the sweeping roller brush 120, that is, to meet the transmission ratio requirement. In this embodiment, the first output gear 64 is meshed with the second output gear 65, the second output gear 65 is meshed with the third output gear 66, and the third output gear 66 is meshed with the fourth output gear 67. The four output gears 67 are connected with the sweeping roller brush 120 so as to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 to rotate.
在一个实施例中,第一驱动组件80包括第二动力源85,第二动力源85与第一齿轮81驱动连接,从而驱动第一齿轮81转动,第一齿轮81可以用于驱动拖地滚刷130工作,而第一齿轮81与拖地滚刷130之间可以设置有多个齿轮以此满足传动比。在本实施例中,第一齿轮81与第二齿轮82相啮合,第二齿轮82与第三齿轮83相啮合,第三齿轮83与第四齿轮84相啮合,而第四齿轮84与拖地滚刷130相连接,从而驱动拖地滚刷130转动。其中,第二动力源85可以是马达。在本实施例中,第二动力源85可以是电机,电机实现正转和反转。In one embodiment, the first drive assembly 80 includes a second power source 85, the second power source 85 is drivingly connected with the first gear 81, thereby driving the first gear 81 to rotate, and the first gear 81 can be used to drive the mopping roller The brush 130 works, and a plurality of gears may be arranged between the first gear 81 and the mopping roller brush 130 to satisfy the transmission ratio. In this embodiment, the first gear 81 meshes with the second gear 82, the second gear 82 meshes with the third gear 83, the third gear 83 meshes with the fourth gear 84, and the fourth gear 84 meshes with the mopping floor The roller brushes 130 are connected to drive the mopping roller brushes 130 to rotate. Wherein, the second power source 85 may be a motor. In this embodiment, the second power source 85 may be a motor, and the motor realizes forward rotation and reverse rotation.
可选的,如图25B和25C所示,壳体件90包括第一段91和第二段92,第一驱动组件80和第二驱动组件60均设置在第一段91和第二段92内,即第一段91和第二段92用于封闭位置调节机构140的内部部件。第一段91和第二段92可拆卸地相连接。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 25B and 25C , the housing member 90 includes a first segment 91 and a second segment 92 , and both the first drive assembly 80 and the second drive assembly 60 are disposed on the first segment 91 and the second segment 92 The inner, ie, the first section 91 and the second section 92 are used to enclose the internal components of the position adjustment mechanism 140 . The first section 91 and the second section 92 are detachably connected.
第一驱动组件80通过转接组件与拖地滚刷130相连接。如图25B和25C所示,转接组件包括输出套93、第一密封件94、第二密封件95以及轴承96,输出套93的两端分别连接第一驱动组件80和拖地滚刷130。输出套93的两端分别具有第一安装孔和第二安装孔,第一驱动组件80的第四齿轮84上可以设置有外花键841,第一安装孔内设置有内花键,外花键与内花键相连接,且第一密封件94位于第四齿轮84和第一安装孔的端部,第一密封件94可以为密封软胶。相应的,拖地滚刷130与第二安装孔的连接方式也可以采用花键连接,即拖地滚刷130上可以设置有外花键,而第二安装孔内设置有内花键。花键连接为全齿齿面接触,增大了扭转的接触面积,减小应力,故抗扭能力增大,同时因为花键连接使得侧隙小,每个齿均啮合,故对中心好。The first drive assembly 80 is connected with the mopping roller brush 130 through an adapter assembly. As shown in FIGS. 25B and 25C , the adapter assembly includes an output sleeve 93 , a first seal 94 , a second seal 95 and a bearing 96 . Both ends of the output sleeve 93 are respectively connected to the first drive assembly 80 and the mopping roller brush 130 . Both ends of the output sleeve 93 respectively have a first installation hole and a second installation hole, the fourth gear 84 of the first drive assembly 80 may be provided with an external spline 841, the first mounting hole is provided with an internal spline, and the external spline is provided in the first mounting hole. The key is connected with the internal spline, and the first sealing member 94 is located at the end of the fourth gear 84 and the first mounting hole, and the first sealing member 94 may be a sealing soft glue. Correspondingly, the connection mode of the mopping roller brush 130 and the second installation hole can also be spline connection, that is, the mopping roller brush 130 can be provided with an external spline, and the second installation hole is provided with an internal spline. The spline connection is full-tooth-tooth surface contact, which increases the torsional contact area and reduces the stress, so the torsional resistance is increased. At the same time, the spline connection makes the backlash small, and each tooth is meshed, so the center is good.
输出套93可转动地设置在第二段92内,且输出套93和第二段92内设置有第二密封件95以及轴承96,在保证输出套93可转动地设置在第二段92内的基础上,可以保证可靠地密封性能。轴承96可以为铜轴承,而第二密封件95可以为毛毡,毛毡为羊毛或毛纤质地,毛毡避免或减少灰尘、发丝等异物进入壳体件90内部及避免油封的损坏。The output sleeve 93 is rotatably arranged in the second section 92, and the output sleeve 93 and the second section 92 are provided with a second seal 95 and a bearing 96, so as to ensure that the output sleeve 93 is rotatably arranged in the second section 92 On the basis of the reliable sealing performance can be guaranteed. The bearing 96 can be a copper bearing, and the second sealing member 95 can be a felt, and the felt is wool or wool. The felt prevents or reduces foreign matter such as dust and hair from entering the housing member 90 and avoids damage to the oil seal.
可选的,第二驱动组件60也可以通过转接组件与扫地滚刷120相连接。转接组件的具体结构可以参见上述实施例,此处不作赘述,第二驱动组件60以及扫地滚刷120与之相配合,即第四输出齿轮67以及扫地滚刷120上可以设置有外花键。Optionally, the second drive assembly 60 may also be connected to the sweeping roller brush 120 through an adapter assembly. The specific structure of the adapter assembly can be referred to the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here. The second drive assembly 60 and the sweeping roller brush 120 cooperate with it, that is, the fourth output gear 67 and the sweeping roller brush 120 may be provided with external splines. .
在一个实施例中,转动组件110可转动地安装于底盘201上,即相对于上述转动组件 110通过固定支架100连接于底盘201上,本实施例中的转动组件110直接可转动地安装于底盘201上,例如:通过转动组件110两端的轴与底盘201上相对位置的轴孔来实现转动组件110与底盘201的连接和转动清洁机器人还包括:转动驱动机构,转动驱动机构与转动组件110相连接,以驱动转动组件110转动。In one embodiment, the rotating assembly 110 is rotatably mounted on the chassis 201, that is, the rotating assembly 110 is connected to the chassis 201 through the fixing bracket 100 relative to the above-mentioned rotating assembly 110. The rotating assembly 110 in this embodiment is directly rotatably installed on the chassis On 201, for example: the connection between the rotating assembly 110 and the chassis 201 and the rotating cleaning robot are realized through the shafts at both ends of the rotating assembly 110 and the shaft holes in the relative positions of the chassis 201. connected to drive the rotating assembly 110 to rotate.
需要说明的是,本实施例中,转动驱动机构结构上可以类似上述的位置调节机构140,不同之处在于,位置调节机构140与固定支架100相连接的部件此时需要与本体200进行连接,例如可以直接连接于底盘201上。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the structure of the rotational drive mechanism can be similar to the above-mentioned position adjustment mechanism 140, the difference is that the components connected with the position adjustment mechanism 140 and the fixing bracket 100 need to be connected with the main body 200 at this time, For example, it can be directly connected to the chassis 201 .
具体的,连杆轴40与本体200相连接,挡杆70与本体200相连接,而位置调节机构140的其他结构可以参考上述具体的实施例,此处不作赘述,只要保证位置调节机构140能够驱动转动组件110转动,且能够分别用于驱动扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130工作即可,具体结构形式以及排布方式可以根据实际需求进行相应调整,此处不作限定。Specifically, the connecting rod shaft 40 is connected to the main body 200 , the blocking rod 70 is connected to the main body 200 , and other structures of the position adjustment mechanism 140 can refer to the above-mentioned specific embodiments, which will not be repeated here, as long as the position adjustment mechanism 140 can be guaranteed to be able to The rotating assembly 110 is driven to rotate and can be used to drive the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 respectively. The specific structure and arrangement can be adjusted according to actual needs, which are not limited here.
可选的,转动组件110可以通过第一电机驱动,以实现相对于底盘201的转动,从而使得扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130在工作位置进行切换。扫地滚刷120可以通过第二电机驱动以实现转动,从而进行工作。而拖地滚刷130可以通过第三电机驱动以实现转动,从而进行工作。Optionally, the rotating assembly 110 may be driven by the first motor to rotate relative to the chassis 201 , so that the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 are switched between working positions. The sweeping roller brush 120 can be driven by the second motor to rotate, so as to work. And the mopping roller brush 130 can be driven by the third motor to realize rotation, so as to work.
具体的,结合图37A至图37C所示,相对于通过第二驱动组件60驱动转动组件110以及扫地滚刷120的转动,第一驱动组件80驱动拖地滚刷130的转动。本实施例中,依然可以通过第一驱动组件80驱动拖地滚刷130的转动,具体过程与上述实施例相一致,此处不作赘述。通过增加第三动力源22和驱动齿轮23,使得驱动齿轮23与转盘20相啮合,从而使得第三动力源22通过驱动齿轮23驱动转盘20实现正转和反转,以此实现扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130在工作位置进行切换。而相对于上述实施例中,本实施例中的浮动件30不进行轴向移动,而是通过第二驱动组件60直接驱动其进行转动,以此通过相应的齿轮传动,最终使得第四输出齿轮67转动,从而使得第四输出齿轮67带动扫地滚刷120转动,对于最终实现第四输出齿轮67转动的远离与上述实施例也相一致,此处不作赘述。本实施例中,通过增加第三动力源22和驱动齿轮23,可以省去浮动件30的轴向运动,且可以去除挡杆70。Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 37A to 37C , the first drive assembly 80 drives the rotation of the mopping roller brush 130 relative to the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 and the sweeping brush 120 driven by the second drive assembly 60 . In this embodiment, the rotation of the mopping roller brush 130 can still be driven by the first driving component 80 , and the specific process is the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, and will not be repeated here. By adding the third power source 22 and the driving gear 23, the driving gear 23 is meshed with the turntable 20, so that the third power source 22 drives the turntable 20 to realize forward rotation and reverse rotation through the driving gear 23, so as to realize the sweeping roller brush 120 Switch with the mopping roller brush 130 in the working position. Compared with the above-mentioned embodiment, the floating member 30 in this embodiment does not move axially, but is directly driven to rotate by the second driving component 60, so that the fourth output gear is finally driven by the corresponding gear transmission. 67 rotates, so that the fourth output gear 67 drives the sweeping roller brush 120 to rotate, and the final realization of the rotation distance of the fourth output gear 67 is also consistent with the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here. In this embodiment, by adding the third power source 22 and the driving gear 23, the axial movement of the floating member 30 can be omitted, and the blocking rod 70 can be eliminated.
在另一个实施例中,也可以通过采用单一的驱动机构以及更复杂的传动组件来实现扫地滚刷120、拖地滚刷130、以及扫拖切换的统一驱动。例如驱动机构在正转时可以按照扫拖模组的状态分别驱动扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130的转动以及扫拖状态的切换:当扫地滚刷120着地时,驱动机构通过齿轮箱驱动扫地滚刷120转动扫地;当需要切换扫拖状 态时,齿轮箱的啮合齿进行切换,从而驱动机构能够通过齿轮箱驱动扫拖状态切换;当切换完成后,齿轮箱的啮合齿再次切换,从而驱动机构能够通过齿轮箱驱动拖地滚刷130转动。而当需要再次切换扫拖状态时,齿轮箱的啮合齿再次切换,同时马达反转,完成扫拖状态的切换。In another embodiment, the sweeping roller brush 120 , the mopping roller brush 130 , and the sweeping and mopping switching can be uniformly driven by using a single driving mechanism and a more complex transmission assembly. For example, the driving mechanism can drive the rotation of the sweeping roller brush 120 and the mopping roller brush 130 and the switching of the sweeping and mopping state respectively according to the state of the sweeping and mopping module during the forward rotation: when the sweeping roller brush 120 touches the ground, the driving mechanism is driven by the gear box The sweeping roller brush 120 rotates to sweep the floor; when it is necessary to switch the sweeping and dragging state, the meshing teeth of the gear box are switched, so that the drive mechanism can drive the sweeping and dragging state switching through the gear box; when the switching is completed, the meshing teeth of the gear box are switched again, thereby The driving mechanism can drive the mopping roller brush 130 to rotate through the gear box. When it is necessary to switch the sweeping and dragging state again, the meshing teeth of the gear box are switched again, and at the same time, the motor is reversed to complete the switching of the sweeping and dragging state.
在一个实施例中,扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130沿清洁机器人的前进方向依次设置,即拖地滚刷130在前,而扫地滚刷120在后。In one embodiment, the sweeping roller brushes 120 and the mopping roller brushes 130 are arranged in sequence along the advancing direction of the cleaning robot, that is, the mopping roller brushes 130 are in front and the sweeping roller brushes 120 are behind.
在一个实施例中,如图25A所示,清洁机器人还包括:边刷组件150,边刷组件150设置在底盘201上,并在扫地滚刷120处于工作位置时,边刷组件150也处于工作位置,从而能够使得边刷组件150用于将扫地滚刷120之外的灰尘移动到扫地滚刷120的区域中,保证清扫范围。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 25A , the cleaning robot further includes: a side brush assembly 150 , the side brush assembly 150 is disposed on the chassis 201 , and when the sweeping roller brush 120 is at the working position, the side brush assembly 150 is also working Therefore, the side brush assembly 150 can be used to move the dust other than the sweeping roller brush 120 into the area of the sweeping roller brush 120 to ensure the cleaning range.
具体的,边刷组件150位于扫地滚刷120的一侧,即边刷组件150和扫地滚刷120占据转动组件110的第一区域,而拖地滚刷130占据转动组件110的第二区域,通过转动组件110相对于固定支架100的转动,使得第一区域和待清洁表面相对设置,即边刷组件150和扫地滚刷120处于工作位置,可用于清扫待清洁表面。当第二区域和待清洁表面相对设置,即拖地滚刷130处于工作位置,可用于拖净待清洁表面。Specifically, the side brush assembly 150 is located on one side of the sweeping roller brush 120 , that is, the side brush assembly 150 and the sweeping roller brush 120 occupy the first area of the rotating assembly 110 , while the mopping roller brush 130 occupies the second area of the rotating assembly 110 , Through the rotation of the rotating assembly 110 relative to the fixed bracket 100, the first area and the surface to be cleaned are disposed opposite to each other, that is, the side brush assembly 150 and the sweeping roller brush 120 are in working positions, which can be used for cleaning the surface to be cleaned. When the second area is opposite to the surface to be cleaned, that is, the mopping roller brush 130 is in the working position, it can be used for mopping the surface to be cleaned.
在一个实施例中,边刷组件150包括单独的驱动机构,通过驱动机构驱动毛刷转动,以此实现清扫。驱动机构包括电机。In one embodiment, the side brush assembly 150 includes a separate driving mechanism, and the brush is driven to rotate by the driving mechanism, so as to realize cleaning. The drive mechanism includes a motor.
在一个实施例中,如图25A所示,清洁机器人还包括:边刷撸毛机构151,边刷撸毛机构151可转动地设置在转动组件110上,边刷撸毛机构151用于固定边刷组件150,其具有与边刷组件150大致相同的圆环状构件,边刷撸毛机构151可相对于转动组件110离面转动,在此过程中能够将边刷组件150的边刷毛沿大致平行于边刷组件150的轴线方向撸起;这样做的目的是为了在打开盖板件112之后的关闭过程中,盖板件112不会与边刷毛发生干涉从而将边刷毛压入盖板件112,在关闭盖板件112时,盖板件112会适时触及边刷撸毛机构151上圆环状构件顶部的干涉凸起,在关闭盖板件112时进一步按压干涉凸起,从而带动边刷撸毛机构151沿其转轴向转动组件110所在的平面移动,在这个过程中,边刷撸毛机构151对边刷毛的撸起干涉进一步释放。当盖板件112关闭并锁止时,边刷撸毛机构151也与转动组件110完全扣合,而且盖板件112也不会将边刷毛压住。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 25A , the cleaning robot further includes: a side brush hair removal mechanism 151, the side brush hair removal mechanism 151 is rotatably disposed on the rotating assembly 110, and the side brush hair removal mechanism 151 is used for fixing the side brush The brush assembly 150 has substantially the same annular member as the side brush assembly 150, and the side brush bristle brushing mechanism 151 can be rotated out of the plane relative to the rotating assembly 110, during the process, the bristles of the side brush assembly 150 can be moved along the Pull up parallel to the axis of the side brush assembly 150; the purpose of this is so that the cover member 112 will not interfere with the side brush bristles during the closing process after opening the cover member 112 to press the side brush bristles into the cover member 112. When the cover member 112 is closed, the cover member 112 will timely touch the interference protrusion on the top of the annular member on the side brush tufting mechanism 151, and further press the interference protrusion when the cover member 112 is closed, thereby driving the side brush. The brush tufting mechanism 151 moves along its axis of rotation on the plane where the rotating assembly 110 is located. During this process, the side brush tufting mechanism 151 further releases the interference of the side brush bristles. When the cover member 112 is closed and locked, the side brush bristle mechanism 151 is also fully engaged with the rotating assembly 110, and the cover member 112 will not press the side brush bristles.
本公开还提供了一个实施例,在固定支架100和浮动支架111之间设置有拉簧及安装其的着地压块组件115,该着地压块组件115包括拉簧支架,拉簧支架一端固定于固定支架100上,拉簧从另一端套入拉簧支架;在浮动支架111上设置有拉簧支架套,通过拉簧 可向浮动支架111提供反向作用力,使安装在浮动支架111上的清洁组件(即扫地滚刷120和拖地滚刷130)能够压向清洁表面。通过设置该着地压块组件115,可以显著减小浮动支架111质量,并且不影响清洁组件与清洁表面的结合力。The present disclosure also provides an embodiment, between the fixed bracket 100 and the floating bracket 111, a tension spring and a grounding pressure block assembly 115 for installing the tension spring are provided, the grounding pressure block assembly 115 includes a tension spring bracket, and one end of the tension spring bracket is fixed on the On the fixed bracket 100, the tension spring is sleeved into the tension spring bracket from the other end; the floating bracket 111 is provided with a tension spring bracket sleeve, and the tension spring can provide a reverse force to the floating bracket 111, so that the The cleaning assemblies (ie, the sweeping roller 120 and the mopping roller 130) can be pressed against the cleaning surface. By arranging the ground pressing block assembly 115, the mass of the floating bracket 111 can be significantly reduced, and the binding force of the cleaning assembly and the cleaning surface is not affected.
本公开还提供一种实施例,以实现将基站放置在家庭中特别的位置,例如厨房、卫生间、阳台等具有水龙头和下水通道的位置。基站仍然设置一个清水箱,在清水箱上设置有清水箱入口以及清水箱出口。连接清水箱入口的管路上依次设置减压阀和进水电磁阀,进水电磁阀的入口对应于基站上设置的外部进水管路开口,该外部进水管路开口设置于基站上合适的位置并形成与外部水源的连接部,当然也可以仅仅在基站上设置一个孔,进水电磁阀的入口穿过基站并直接连接至外部水源。重要的是,清水箱的入口通过可控的电磁阀连接至外部水源,例如市水水龙头等。当清水箱需要注水时,基站的控制板会控制电磁阀开启并向清水箱完成注水。而减压阀设置在进水电磁阀之后,以将进入清水箱的水流进行调压处理,当然对于某些情况,该减压阀并不是必需的,可以直接将清水箱通过进水电磁阀连接至水龙头。The present disclosure also provides an embodiment to realize placing the base station in a special location in a home, such as a kitchen, a bathroom, a balcony, etc., where there is a faucet and a drain. The base station is still provided with a clean water tank, and a clean water tank inlet and a clean water tank outlet are provided on the clean water tank. A pressure reducing valve and a water inlet solenoid valve are arranged in sequence on the pipeline connecting the inlet of the clean water tank. The inlet of the water inlet solenoid valve corresponds to the opening of the external water inlet pipeline set on the base station, and the external water inlet pipeline opening is set at a suitable position on the base station and is To form the connection with the external water source, of course, only one hole can be provided on the base station, and the inlet of the water inlet solenoid valve passes through the base station and is directly connected to the external water source. Importantly, the inlet of the fresh water tank is connected to an external water source, such as a city water faucet, through a controllable solenoid valve. When the clean water tank needs to be filled with water, the control board of the base station will control the solenoid valve to open and fill the clean water tank with water. The pressure reducing valve is arranged after the water inlet solenoid valve to regulate the water flow into the clean water tank. Of course, in some cases, the pressure reducing valve is not necessary, and the clean water tank can be directly connected through the water inlet solenoid valve. to the faucet.
在清水箱内,设置有用于检测水位的浮球,在浮球上设置有磁铁,该磁铁可对应于水箱上设置的霍尔感应器。当霍尔感应器感测到磁铁时,给控制单元发送控制信号,当磁铁由于浮球的下落不能被霍尔感应器感测到时,也给控制单元发送控制信号。在本实施例中,进水电磁阀与霍尔感应器均连接至控制单元,当控制单元接收到霍尔感应器的信号时,控制单元给进水电磁阀以控制指令;当然可以理解的是,进水电磁阀也可以直接与霍尔感应器连接,霍尔感应器相当于进水电磁阀的触发开关。In the clean water tank, a float ball for detecting the water level is arranged, and a magnet is arranged on the float ball, and the magnet can correspond to the Hall sensor arranged on the water tank. When the Hall sensor senses the magnet, it sends a control signal to the control unit, and when the magnet cannot be sensed by the Hall sensor due to the falling of the floating ball, it also sends a control signal to the control unit. In this embodiment, the water inlet solenoid valve and the Hall sensor are both connected to the control unit. When the control unit receives the signal from the Hall sensor, the control unit gives the water inlet solenoid valve a control command; of course, it can be understood that , the water inlet solenoid valve can also be directly connected with the Hall sensor, the Hall sensor is equivalent to the trigger switch of the water inlet solenoid valve.
清水箱中水满或水位下降至一定高度时,进水电磁阀基于霍尔感应器的信号进行开启和关闭。一种情况下,霍尔感应器用于在清水箱水满时,向进水电磁阀发送关停信号,此时在水满状态霍尔感应器检测到浮球上的磁铁;另一种情况下,当清水箱内水位下降至某一高度时,霍尔感应器向进水电磁阀发送开启信号,此时在无水状态下霍尔感应器检测到浮球上的磁铁。以上两种情况是分别用于在水满和无水状态下对进水电磁阀的控制,因此也可以将以上两种情况结合到该清水箱中,在清水箱对应的水满位和无水位分别设置,一个霍尔感应器,当浮球上的磁铁被满水位的霍尔感应器检测到时停止电磁阀的供水,当浮球上的磁铁被无水位的霍尔感应器检测到时开启电磁阀的供水。当然,也可以仅在满水位或无水位设置一个霍尔感应器,而在无水位或满水位采用其他的检测方式,这种检测方式可从现有技术中获知,在此并不做具体阐述。When the water in the clean water tank is full or the water level drops to a certain height, the water inlet solenoid valve opens and closes based on the signal of the Hall sensor. In one case, the Hall sensor is used to send a shutdown signal to the water inlet solenoid valve when the clean water tank is full. At this time, the Hall sensor detects the magnet on the float when the water is full; in the other case , When the water level in the clean water tank drops to a certain height, the Hall sensor sends an opening signal to the water inlet solenoid valve. At this time, the Hall sensor detects the magnet on the float ball in an anhydrous state. The above two situations are respectively used to control the water inlet solenoid valve in the state of full water and no water, so the above two situations can also be combined into the clean water tank, and the corresponding water level and no water level in the clean water tank Set up respectively, a Hall sensor, when the magnet on the float is detected by the Hall sensor with full water level, the water supply of the solenoid valve will stop, and when the magnet on the float is detected by the Hall sensor without water level, it will be turned on Solenoid valve for water supply. Of course, it is also possible to set a Hall sensor only at the full water level or no water level, and adopt other detection methods at the no water level or the full water level. This detection method can be known from the prior art, and will not be elaborated here. .
在正常使用过程中,清水箱具有一个出口,该出口连接一个清水泵,在需要用水时, 清水泵开始工作,将清水箱中的清水抽取到清洗部中以供清洗清洁机构。During normal use, the clean water tank has an outlet, which is connected to a clean water pump. When water is needed, the clean water pump starts to work, and the clean water in the clean water tank is pumped into the cleaning part for cleaning the cleaning mechanism.
对于清洁机构的清洗,加入一定比例的清洁剂能够达到更好的清洗效果,因此可以在基站上设置用于容纳清洁剂的容器,该容器可以是清水箱的一部分,其与容纳清水的部分用隔板隔开,在使用时将清洁剂倒入该容器内,当然也可以是单独设置的清洁剂容纳空间。另一种情况,该容纳清洁剂的容器可以是容纳瓶装清洁剂的空间,在使用中,将瓶装清洁剂的开口打开并以适当的方位放入到该容纳空间,在需要添加清洁剂时,通过合适的机构进行挤出或抽出。For the cleaning of the cleaning mechanism, adding a certain proportion of cleaning agent can achieve better cleaning effect. Therefore, a container for accommodating the cleaning agent can be set on the base station. The container can be part of the clean water tank, which is used with the part containing clean water. The partition is separated, and the cleaning agent is poured into the container during use, and of course, it can also be a separate cleaning agent accommodating space. In another case, the container for accommodating detergent may be a space for accommodating bottled detergent. In use, the opening of the bottled detergent is opened and put into the accommodating space in an appropriate orientation. When detergent needs to be added, Extrusion or extraction is carried out by a suitable mechanism.
一种情况下,在清洁件容纳空间的侧部或底部开设一个开口,该开口通过管道连接一个清洁剂泵,在需要时,清洁剂泵开始工作以将清洁剂从容纳空间抽出。In one case, an opening is provided at the side or bottom of the accommodating space of the cleaning element, the opening is connected with a cleaning agent pump through a pipeline, and the cleaning agent pump starts to work to draw the cleaning agent out of the accommodating space when needed.
在同时使用清水和清洁剂对清洁机构进行清洗时,需要将清水和清洁剂在进入清洗部之前将它们充分混合,因此将清水泵和清洁剂泵并联之后的共同出口管路处设置一个用于混合清水和清洁剂的机构,例如混合螺旋杆,在其中清水和清洁剂被充分混合,然后通过该机构的出口流向清洗部。When using clean water and detergent to clean the cleaning mechanism at the same time, the clean water and detergent need to be fully mixed before entering the cleaning part. A mechanism for mixing clean water and cleaning agent, such as a mixing screw, in which clean water and cleaning agent are thoroughly mixed and then flow to the cleaning section through the outlet of the mechanism.
从以上的描述,在清洗部中完成清洁机构的清洗后会产生污水,由于清洗槽和副水槽的设置,在它们的出口处均设有开口,因此需要设置对应的污水泵来将清洗槽和副水槽的污水都进行抽取。对此,本实施例公开了一种排水泵,优选为潜水泵。排水泵设置在基站的后部,具有分别对应于以上清洗槽和副水槽开口的清洗槽污水入口和副水槽污水入口,并且在其上还设置有防漏回流口以防止回流。在排水泵的水流下游设置有排水口,用于将污水抽取并排出基站之外。在工作时,排水泵的叶轮位于水面以下,清洗槽和副水槽的出水口和分别连接排水泵的污水入口,排水泵的叶轮高速旋转,在离心力的作用下把污水和泥沙等混合物排出污水泵。From the above description, sewage will be generated after cleaning the cleaning mechanism in the cleaning section. Due to the setting of the cleaning tank and the auxiliary water tank, openings are provided at their outlets, so it is necessary to set up a corresponding sewage pump to clean the cleaning tank and the auxiliary water tank. The sewage in the auxiliary tank is extracted. In this regard, this embodiment discloses a drainage pump, preferably a submersible pump. The drainage pump is arranged at the rear of the base station, and has a cleaning tank sewage inlet and an auxiliary water tank sewage inlet corresponding to the above cleaning tank and auxiliary water tank openings, and is also provided with a leak-proof return port to prevent backflow. A water outlet is provided downstream of the water flow of the water discharge pump, which is used to extract and discharge the sewage out of the base station. When working, the impeller of the drainage pump is located below the water surface. The water outlet of the cleaning tank and the auxiliary water tank are connected to the sewage inlet of the drainage pump respectively. The impeller of the drainage pump rotates at a high speed, and the mixture of sewage and sediment is discharged under the action of centrifugal force. Pump.
通过以上设置,可以完成基站的自动上水和自动排水,无需用户主动参与,真正意义上实现了基站的全自动化工作。Through the above settings, the automatic water supply and automatic drainage of the base station can be completed without the user's active participation, and the fully automated work of the base station is truly realized.
当然在某些情况下,比如基站的放置位置没有市水水龙头或者没有下水道入口,那么可以仅设置自动排水如下水道或者自动上水的结构以适应不同的环境。Of course, in some cases, for example, the base station is placed where there is no municipal water faucet or no sewer entrance, then only the structure of automatic drainage into the sewer or automatic water supply can be set to adapt to different environments.
本领域技术人员在考虑说明书及实践这里公开的发明后,将容易想到本公开的其它实施方案。本公开旨在涵盖本公开的任何变型、用途或者适应性变化,这些变型、用途或者适应性变化遵循本公开的一般性原理并包括本公开未公开的本技术领域中的公知常识或惯用技术手段。说明书和示例实施方式仅被视为示例性的,本公开的真正范围和精神由前面的权利要求指出。Other embodiments of the present disclosure will readily occur to those skilled in the art upon consideration of the specification and practice of the invention disclosed herein. This disclosure is intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of this disclosure that follow the general principles of this disclosure and include common general knowledge or techniques in the technical field not disclosed by this disclosure . The specification and example embodiments are to be regarded as exemplary only, with the true scope and spirit of the disclosure being indicated by the foregoing claims.
应当理解的是,本公开并不局限于上面已经描述并在附图中示出的精确结构,并且可以在不脱离其范围进行各种修改和改变。本公开的范围仅由所附的权利要求来限制。It is to be understood that the present disclosure is not limited to the precise structures described above and illustrated in the accompanying drawings, and that various modifications and changes may be made without departing from the scope thereof. The scope of the present disclosure is limited only by the appended claims.

Claims (27)

  1. 一种用于清洗清洁机器人的清洁机构的基站,其特征在于,所述基站包括:A base station for cleaning a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot, wherein the base station comprises:
    清洗槽(301),所述清洗槽(301)用于容纳所述清洁机构的至少一部分并对所述清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗,所述清洗槽(301)包括第一端和第二端,所述第一端和所述第二端之间连线的方向大致平行于所述清洁机构的旋转轴的延伸方向;A cleaning tank (301), the cleaning tank (301) is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism, the cleaning tank (301) includes a first end and a second end , the direction of the connecting line between the first end and the second end is substantially parallel to the extending direction of the rotating shaft of the cleaning mechanism;
    清洗刮片(302),延伸设置于所述清洗槽(301)的第一端和第二端之间。The cleaning blade (302) is extended between the first end and the second end of the cleaning tank (301).
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的基站,其特征在于,用于清洗所述清洁机构的清洗液体通过所述第二端流出所述清洗槽(301),所述基站还包括第一过滤部(316),所述第二端靠近所述第一过滤部(316)设置。The base station according to claim 1, characterized in that the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the cleaning mechanism flows out of the cleaning tank (301) through the second end, and the base station further comprises a first filter part (316) , the second end is disposed close to the first filter part (316).
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的基站,其特征在于,所述清洗槽(301)内设置有所述清洗刮片(302),所述清洗刮片(302)用于挤压所述清洁机构。The base station according to claim 1, wherein the cleaning tank (301) is provided with the cleaning blade (302), and the cleaning blade (302) is used for pressing the cleaning mechanism.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的基站,其特征在于,所述清洗刮片(302)包括多个凸起(303),多个所述凸起(303)间隔设置。The base station according to claim 3, characterized in that, the cleaning blade (302) comprises a plurality of protrusions (303), and the plurality of protrusions (303) are arranged at intervals.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的基站,其特征在于,所述清洗刮片(302)还包括连接板(3021),所述连接板(3021)设置在所述清洗槽(301)的底壁上,且沿所述清洗槽(301)的延伸方向延伸;The base station according to claim 4, characterized in that, the cleaning blade (302) further comprises a connecting plate (3021), and the connecting plate (3021) is arranged on the bottom wall of the cleaning tank (301), and extending along the extending direction of the cleaning tank (301);
    其中,多个所述凸起(303)间隔地设置在所述连接板(3021)上。Wherein, a plurality of the protrusions (303) are arranged on the connecting plate (3021) at intervals.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括:The base station according to claim 1, wherein the base station further comprises:
    第一泵体(320),所述第一泵体(320)与所述清洗槽(301)相连通,所述第一泵体(320)用于向所述清洗槽(301)内送入清洗液体;A first pump body (320), the first pump body (320) is communicated with the cleaning tank (301), and the first pump body (320) is used for feeding into the cleaning tank (301) cleaning liquid;
    第二泵体(330),所述第二泵体(330)与所述清洗槽(301)相连通,所述第二泵体(330)用于抽走所述清洗槽(301)内的清洗液体。A second pump body (330), the second pump body (330) is communicated with the cleaning tank (301), and the second pump body (330) is used for pumping away the water in the cleaning tank (301). cleaning liquid.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第一泵体(320)和所述第二泵体(330)能够同时工作,所述第一泵体(320)将清洗液体喷入所述清洗槽(301),所述第二泵体(330)将所述清洗液体抽出所述清洗槽(301)。The base station according to claim 6, wherein the first pump body (320) and the second pump body (330) can work simultaneously, and the first pump body (320) sprays cleaning liquid into In the cleaning tank (301), the second pump body (330) draws the cleaning liquid out of the cleaning tank (301).
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第一泵体(320)停止工作,仅所述第二泵体(330)工作,将所述清洗槽(301)中的清洁液体抽干。The base station according to claim 7, wherein the first pump body (320) stops working, and only the second pump body (330) works to pump the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank (301). Dry.
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括:The base station according to claim 6, wherein the base station further comprises:
    液位检测组件(310),所述液位检测组件(310)用于检测所述清洗槽(301)内的 清洗液体的液位。A liquid level detection assembly (310), the liquid level detection assembly (310) is used for detecting the liquid level of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning tank (301).
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的基站,其特征在于,所述液位检测组件(310)包括:The base station according to claim 9, wherein the liquid level detection component (310) comprises:
    信号发射部(311);a signal transmitter (311);
    信号接收部,所述信号发射部(311)与所述信号接收部相对设置;a signal receiving part, the signal transmitting part (311) is arranged opposite to the signal receiving part;
    支撑部(312);a support portion (312);
    连杆(313),所述连杆(313)可转动地设置在所述支撑部(312)上;a connecting rod (313), the connecting rod (313) is rotatably arranged on the support part (312);
    第一浮动部(314),所述第一浮动部(314)设置在所述连杆(313)的一端,且位于所述清洗槽(301)内,所述第一浮动部(314)在所述清洗液体的作用下带动所述连杆(313)相对于所述支撑部(312)转动;A first floating part (314), the first floating part (314) is arranged at one end of the connecting rod (313) and is located in the cleaning tank (301), and the first floating part (314) is located in the cleaning tank (301). Under the action of the cleaning liquid, the connecting rod (313) is driven to rotate relative to the support portion (312);
    遮挡部(315),所述遮挡部(315)设置在所述连杆(313)的另一端,且位于所述信号发射部(311)与所述信号接收部之间,所述遮挡部(315)用于断开所述信号发射部(311)与所述信号接收部的信号连接状态;A shielding part (315), the shielding part (315) is arranged on the other end of the connecting rod (313), and is located between the signal transmitting part (311) and the signal receiving part, the shielding part (315) 315) for disconnecting the signal connection state between the signal transmitting part (311) and the signal receiving part;
    其中,当所述信号发射部(311)与所述信号接收部处于信号断开状态时,所述第一泵体(320)能够向所述清洗槽(301)内送入清洗液体。Wherein, when the signal transmitting part (311) and the signal receiving part are in a signal disconnection state, the first pump body (320) can send cleaning liquid into the cleaning tank (301).
  11. 根据权利要求6所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括导水槽(304),所述导水槽(304)位于所述清洗槽(301)的一侧,且与所述清洗槽(301)相连通,以在清洗液体进入所述导水槽(304)后,所述清洗液体能够回流至所述清洗槽(301)。The base station according to claim 6, characterized in that, the base station further comprises a water guide groove (304), the water guide groove (304) is located on one side of the cleaning groove (301), and is connected with the cleaning groove (304). 301) is connected, so that after the cleaning liquid enters the water guiding tank (304), the cleaning liquid can return to the cleaning tank (301).
  12. 根据权利要求6或11所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括副水槽(305),所述副水槽(305)位于所述清洗槽(301)的另一侧,且与所述清洗槽(301)独立设置;The base station according to claim 6 or 11, characterized in that, the base station further comprises a secondary water tank (305), the secondary water tank (305) is located on the other side of the cleaning tank (301), and is connected to the The cleaning tank (301) is independently arranged;
    其中,所述第二泵体(330)与所述副水槽(305)相连通,以在清洗液体进入所述副水槽(305)后,所述第二泵体(330)能够抽走所述清洗液体。Wherein, the second pump body (330) is communicated with the auxiliary water tank (305), so that after the cleaning liquid enters the auxiliary water tank (305), the second pump body (330) can pump away the cleaning liquid.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的基站,其特征在于,所述副水槽(305)与所述清洗槽(301)之间设置有密封条(306),以避免所述清洗槽(301)内的清洗液体进入所述副水槽(305)。The base station according to claim 12, wherein a sealing strip (306) is arranged between the auxiliary water tank (305) and the cleaning tank (301) to avoid cleaning in the cleaning tank (301) Liquid enters the secondary tank (305).
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的基站,其特征在于,所述副水槽(305)上设置有出液口(3051),所述出液口(3051)与所述第二泵体(330)相连通,所述基站还包括:The base station according to claim 12, wherein a liquid outlet (3051) is provided on the auxiliary water tank (305), and the liquid outlet (3051) communicates with the second pump body (330) , the base station further includes:
    第二浮动部(340),所述第二浮动部(340)设置在所述副水槽(305)内,且遮挡在所述出液口(3051)上;a second floating part (340), the second floating part (340) is arranged in the auxiliary water tank (305) and is blocked on the liquid outlet (3051);
    其中,当所述副水槽(305)内具有清洗液体时,所述第二浮动部(340)浮起,以使所述第二泵体(330)与所述副水槽(305)相连通。Wherein, when there is cleaning liquid in the auxiliary water tank (305), the second floating part (340) floats, so that the second pump body (330) communicates with the auxiliary water tank (305).
  15. 根据权利要求1所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括:The base station according to claim 1, wherein the base station further comprises:
    干燥机构(350),所述干燥机构(350)用于烘干所述清洁机构。A drying mechanism (350), the drying mechanism (350) is used for drying the cleaning mechanism.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括通孔(307),所述通孔(307)与所述清洗槽(301)间隔设置,所述干燥机构(350)通过所述通孔(307)烘干所述清洁机构。The base station according to claim 15, characterized in that, the base station further comprises a through hole (307), the through hole (307) is spaced apart from the cleaning tank (301), and the drying mechanism (350) passes through The through hole (307) dries the cleaning mechanism.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的基站,其特征在于,所述干燥机构(350)与所述清洗槽(301)分别位于所述基站的两端。The base station according to claim 15, characterized in that, the drying mechanism (350) and the cleaning tank (301) are located at two ends of the base station, respectively.
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括导向底面(308),所述导向底面(308)上设置有防滑凸起(3081),所述清洁机器人沿着所述防滑凸起(3081)移动至所述导向底面(308)上;The base station according to claim 1, characterized in that the base station further comprises a guide bottom surface (308), an anti-skid protrusion (3081) is provided on the guide bottom surface (308), and the cleaning robot moves along the anti-skid protrusion (3081). The protrusion (3081) moves to the guide bottom surface (308);
    其中,所述清洗槽(301)设置在所述导向底面(308)上,且与所述防滑凸起(3081)间隔设置。Wherein, the cleaning groove (301) is arranged on the guide bottom surface (308), and is arranged spaced apart from the anti-skid protrusions (3081).
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括:The base station according to claim 1, wherein the base station further comprises:
    第一充电接触极片(360),所述第一充电接触极片(360)用于与所述清洁机器人的第二充电接触极片(210)电连接。A first charging contact pole piece (360), the first charging contact pole piece (360) is used for electrical connection with the second charging contact pole piece (210) of the cleaning robot.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括导向侧面(309),所述第一充电接触极片(360)设置在所述导向侧面(309)上;The base station according to claim 19, characterized in that, the base station further comprises a guide side surface (309), and the first charging contact pole piece (360) is arranged on the guide side surface (309);
    其中,所述第一充电接触极片(360)位于所述清洗槽(301)的上方。Wherein, the first charging contact pole piece (360) is located above the cleaning tank (301).
  21. 根据权利要求1所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括导向侧面(309),所述基站还包括:The base station according to claim 1, characterized in that, the base station further comprises a guide side surface (309), and the base station further comprises:
    导向轮(361),所述导向轮(361)设置在所述导向侧面(309)上,用于与所述清洁机器人相接触;a guide wheel (361), the guide wheel (361) is arranged on the guide side surface (309), and is used for contacting with the cleaning robot;
    其中,所述导向轮(361)位于所述清洗槽(301)的上方。Wherein, the guide wheel (361) is located above the cleaning tank (301).
  22. 根据权利要求1所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站还包括导向顶面(362),所述导向顶面(362)上设置有用于与所述清洁机器人相接触的压块;The base station according to claim 1, characterized in that, the base station further comprises a guide top surface (362), and a pressing block for contacting with the cleaning robot is provided on the guide top surface (362);
    其中,所述压块位于所述清洗槽(301)的上方。Wherein, the pressing block is located above the cleaning tank (301).
  23. 一种用于清洗清洁机器人的清洁机构的基站,其特征在于,所述基站包括:A base station for cleaning a cleaning mechanism of a cleaning robot, wherein the base station comprises:
    清洗槽(301),所述清洗槽(301)用于容纳所述清洁机构的至少一部分并对所述清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗;a cleaning tank (301), which is used for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism;
    污水槽(380),所述污水槽(380)与所述清洗槽(301)相连通,所述污水槽(380)上设置有进液口(3012),由所述进液口(3012)进入所述污水槽(380)内的清洗液体 能够冲击所述污水槽(380)内的清洗液体。A sewage tank (380), the sewage tank (380) is communicated with the cleaning tank (301), the sewage tank (380) is provided with a liquid inlet (3012), and the liquid inlet (3012) The cleaning liquid entering the sewage tank (380) can impact the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank (380).
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的基站,其特征在于,所述污水槽(380)的侧壁上设置有所述进液口(3012)。The base station according to claim 23, wherein the liquid inlet (3012) is provided on the side wall of the sewage tank (380).
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的基站,其特征在于,所述清洗槽(301)上也设置有所述进液口(3012),所述污水槽(380)上设置有抽液口(3011),所述污水槽(380)内的清洗液体能够由所述抽液口(3011)排出。The base station according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the cleaning tank (301) is also provided with the liquid inlet (3012), and the sewage tank (380) is provided with a liquid suction port (3011) ), the cleaning liquid in the sewage tank (380) can be discharged from the liquid suction port (3011).
  26. 一种清洁机器人系统,其特征在于,包括:A cleaning robot system, comprising:
    清洁机器人(1),所述清洁机器人(1)包括清洁机构;a cleaning robot (1), the cleaning robot (1) comprising a cleaning mechanism;
    基站(2),所述基站(2)包括清洗槽(301),所述清洗槽(301)用于容纳所述清洁机构的至少一部分并对所述清洁机构的至少一部分进行清洗,所述清洗槽(301)包括第一端和第二端,所述第一端和所述第二端之间连线的方向大致平行于所述清洁机构的延伸方向。A base station (2), the base station (2) comprising a cleaning tank (301) for accommodating at least a part of the cleaning mechanism and cleaning at least a part of the cleaning mechanism, the cleaning The groove (301) includes a first end and a second end, and the direction of the connecting line between the first end and the second end is substantially parallel to the extending direction of the cleaning mechanism.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的清洁机器人系统,其特征在于,所述清洁机构为扫地滚刷(120)和拖地滚刷(130)中的至少一个。The cleaning robot system according to claim 26, wherein the cleaning mechanism is at least one of a sweeping roller brush (120) and a mopping roller brush (130).
PCT/CN2021/118559 2020-12-11 2021-09-15 Base and cleaning robot system WO2022121424A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21902132.6A EP4260787A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2021-09-15 Base and cleaning robot system
US17/956,561 US20230029165A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2022-09-29 Base station and cleaning robot system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011458692.6 2020-12-11
CN202011458692.6A CN114587180A (en) 2020-12-11 2020-12-11 Base station and cleaning robot system

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/956,561 Continuation US20230029165A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2022-09-29 Base station and cleaning robot system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022121424A1 true WO2022121424A1 (en) 2022-06-16

Family

ID=81803208

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/118559 WO2022121424A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2021-09-15 Base and cleaning robot system

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230029165A1 (en)
EP (1) EP4260787A1 (en)
CN (1) CN114587180A (en)
WO (1) WO2022121424A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115500736A (en) * 2022-09-28 2022-12-23 深圳拓邦股份有限公司 Cleaning robot
CN115500735A (en) * 2022-09-23 2022-12-23 深圳拓邦股份有限公司 Cleaning robot
EP4342354A1 (en) * 2022-09-22 2024-03-27 Hobot Technology Inc. Cleaning device for cleaning mopping cloth of self-propelled cleaning apparatus

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115474872A (en) * 2021-06-15 2022-12-16 深圳银星智能集团股份有限公司 Maintenance station and cleaning system
CA215287S (en) * 2022-06-13 2023-06-23 Beijing Roborock Tech Co Ltd Auxiliary obstacle-surmounting ramp for cleaning robot

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20090061461A (en) * 2007-12-11 2009-06-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Agitator cleaning apparatus of robot cleaner and cleaning method of the agitator, and charging apparatus of robot cleaner comprising the agitator cleaning apparatus
EP3542695A1 (en) * 2016-12-16 2019-09-25 Yunjing Intelligence Technology (Dongguan) Co., Ltd. Base station and cleaning robot system
CN111134582A (en) * 2019-12-25 2020-05-12 云鲸智能科技(东莞)有限公司 Base station, cleaning robot system and method for cleaning robot
CN111820824A (en) * 2019-04-17 2020-10-27 松下家电(中国)有限公司 Working method of floor mopping robot
CN211862710U (en) * 2019-12-25 2020-11-06 云鲸智能科技(东莞)有限公司 Base station
CN112006615A (en) * 2020-07-30 2020-12-01 杭州匠龙机器人科技有限公司 Cleaning machines people's collection station

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20090061461A (en) * 2007-12-11 2009-06-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Agitator cleaning apparatus of robot cleaner and cleaning method of the agitator, and charging apparatus of robot cleaner comprising the agitator cleaning apparatus
EP3542695A1 (en) * 2016-12-16 2019-09-25 Yunjing Intelligence Technology (Dongguan) Co., Ltd. Base station and cleaning robot system
CN111820824A (en) * 2019-04-17 2020-10-27 松下家电(中国)有限公司 Working method of floor mopping robot
CN111134582A (en) * 2019-12-25 2020-05-12 云鲸智能科技(东莞)有限公司 Base station, cleaning robot system and method for cleaning robot
CN211862710U (en) * 2019-12-25 2020-11-06 云鲸智能科技(东莞)有限公司 Base station
CN112006615A (en) * 2020-07-30 2020-12-01 杭州匠龙机器人科技有限公司 Cleaning machines people's collection station

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4342354A1 (en) * 2022-09-22 2024-03-27 Hobot Technology Inc. Cleaning device for cleaning mopping cloth of self-propelled cleaning apparatus
CN115500735A (en) * 2022-09-23 2022-12-23 深圳拓邦股份有限公司 Cleaning robot
CN115500736A (en) * 2022-09-28 2022-12-23 深圳拓邦股份有限公司 Cleaning robot

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114587180A (en) 2022-06-07
US20230029165A1 (en) 2023-01-26
EP4260787A1 (en) 2023-10-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022121424A1 (en) Base and cleaning robot system
CN109620064B (en) Base station for cleaning robot system
CN109316135B (en) Base station for cleaning robot system
CN106510556B (en) Cleaning robot and cleaning robot system
RU2312578C2 (en) Automatic cleaning apparatus
WO2018107465A1 (en) Base station and cleaning robot system
WO2018107479A1 (en) Cleaning robot and cleaning robot system
KR20210080399A (en) Surface cleaning device with proximity triggered user interface
CN209750936U (en) Cleaning seat for automatically cleaning mopping cloth in mopping robot
CN112674658A (en) Base station and cleaning robot system
CN216535171U (en) Cleaning system and base station
JP7008126B2 (en) Robot vacuum cleaner
KR101766296B1 (en) Robot cleaner capable of liquid suction
RU2687761C1 (en) Robot vacuum cleaner
CN211381150U (en) Cleaning workstation and cleaning device
KR101670419B1 (en) Robot cleaner capable of dustcloth replacement
CN215272463U (en) Base station and cleaning robot system
CN112568801A (en) Cleaning device
CN112971626A (en) Mopping cleaning device and intelligent cleaning robot thereof
CN216823239U (en) Laser radar module and automatic cleaning equipment
CN112535432A (en) Cleaning robot with cleaning seat
CN114532908B (en) Intelligent cleaning system
WO2022121427A1 (en) Cleaning robot and cleaning robot system having same
CN216876229U (en) Water tank and cleaning device
CN212996280U (en) Cleaning robot with cleaning seat

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21902132

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021902132

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230711